b
L
1993
CHEVROLET
SUBURBAN
and BLAZER
OWNER'S MANUAL
.Ha-*.
INTRODUCTION
I993 Blazer and Suburban
Owner’s Manual
Welcome
Thismanualwaspreparedtoacquaintyouwiththeoperationand
maintenance of your 1993 Chevrolettruck,andtoprovideimportantsafety
information.Thereisalso a ChevroletTruckWarrantyandOwnerAssistance
Informationbooklet.In somevehicles,therecanbeinformationmanualsfrom
othermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipmentcompanies.
We
urgeyoutoreview all thesepublicationscarefully.Thiswillhelpyouenjoy
safe and trouble-free operation of yourvehicle.
in mindthatyourChevroletdealerknows
When it comestoservice,keep
yourvehiclebestandisinterested
in yourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer
all
of
your
service
needs
bothduringandafterthe
invites you to returnfor
warrantyperiod.
it toyour
Remember,ifyou have a concernandneedhelphandling
8, or intheChevroletTruck
satisfactionseetheprocedureinSection
WarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformationbooklet.
Thanks for choosing a Chevrolet product. We valueyouas a memberofthe
Chevrolet family. We want to assure you of our continuing interest in your
pleasure and satisfaction with your vehicle.
Chevrolet Motor Division
GeneralMotorsCorporation
30007 Van DykeAve.
Warren,Michigan 48090
@Copyright7992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division.
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
aecond Edition
i
Important Notes toOwnersandDrivers
. . . .AboutDrivingyourBlazer:
As withothervehiclesof
this type,
failure to operatethisvehiclecorrectlymayresult
in loss of control or an
accident. Besure to readthe“on-pavement”and“off-road’’drivingguidelines
in thismanual.(See“DrivingGuidelines”and“Off-RoadDrivingWith
Your
Four-wheel DriveVehicle” in theIndex.)
. . . .About This Manual: Pleasekeepthismanual
in yourvehicle, so it
willbethere if youeverneed it whenyou’reon the road. If you sell the
in it so thenewownercanuseit.
vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual
This manualincludesthelatestinformation
at the time it was printed, We
reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without
furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirstsold
in Canada,substitutethe.name“General
it appears
MotorsofCanada Limited”forChevroletMotorDivisionwhenever
in this manual.
. .
.ForCanadianOwners
Who Prefer a FrenchLanguageManual:
Aux proprietairescanadiens:Vouspouvez vous procurerunexemplairedece
guideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaireou
auDGNMarketing Services
Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd.,Mississauga, Ontario L5T1C7.
I
r
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, Chevrolet, the Chevrolef Emblem,
BLAZER and SUBURBAN are registered trademarks of General Motors
Corporation.
ii
Mudel Reference
This manual covers these models.
MODEL
TYPE
WAGON
UTILITY
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
e
Comfort Confrols & Audio Systems
1
1-
TO21 2
iv
Section
0
This section tells you how to use your manual and includes
safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols.
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety
properly.
belts
L 1
A
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
3
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort
controls and how to operate your audio system.
Here YOU II find helpful information and tips about the road and
how to drive under different conditions.
5
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while
driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating.
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running
properly and looking good.
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and
what fluids and lubricants to use.
This section tells you how to contact your GM division for
assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives
you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”.
an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this
1. You canuse it to quickly find something you want to
TO210
V
Manypeopleread their owner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhentheyfirst
receive their new vehicle. This will help you learn about the features and
controlsforyourvehicle. In thismanual,you’llfind that picturesandwords
work together to explain things quickly.
INDEX: A goodplace to look forwhatyouneed
is the index in back of the
manual.It’sanalphabeticallist
of allthat’s in themanual,andthepage
numberwhereyou’ll find it.
SECTIONS1-6: Eachsection of thismanualbeginswithabrieflistofits
contents, so youcanoften find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe
informationyouwant.
SECTION 7: This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle.
SECTION 8: Thissectionincludesimportantinformationaboutreportingsafety
defectsandgivesyoudetailsabout
the RoadsideAssistanceprogram.You
willalso find customersatisfactionphonenumbers(includingcustomer
as wellasthe
satisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeechimpaired),
mediationlarbitrationprocedure. We’ve alsoincludedorderinginformationfor
servicepublications in this section.
How To Use This Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You willfindanumber of safetycautions in thisbook. We useyellowand
if you
thetheword CAUTION to tell youaboutthingsthatcouldhurtyou
weretoignorethewarning.
In the yellow cautionarea, we tell youwhat thehazardis.Then we tell you
If
whatto do to helpavoid orreducethehazard.Pleasereadthesecautions.
youdon’t,youorothers
could behurt.
You willalso find a red circlewith a slashthrough it in this book. Thissafety
symbolmeans“Don’t,’’“Don’tdothis,’’or“Don’tletthishappen.”
AM002002
0-2
I
NOTICE
I rhese mean
there
is something
that
could damage
your
vehicle.
In thebluenoticearea, we tellyouaboutsomethingthatcandamageyour
vehicle.Manytimes,thisdamagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and
it couldbecostly.Butthenoticewill
tell youwhatto do to helpavoidthe
damage.
Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE
warningsindifferentcolorsorindifferentwords.
In thismanual,we’veused
the familiar words and colors that General Motors has used for years.
You’llalsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors,
andthewordsCAUTION orNOTICE.
I
Vehicle Symbols
These are someof the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example.
these symbols are usedon an original battery:
I
1
Caution
Possible Injury
-
1
Protect Eyes
by Shielding
CausricBatteryAcidSpark
or FlameCould
Could Cause Burns
Explode
Barfery
Avoid Sparks
or flames
These symbols are important for you and your passengers wheneveryour
vehicle is driven:
Fasten
Safety
Door
Belts
lock/Unlock
PO335
0-4
These symbols have to do with your lights:
A
Master Lighting
Switch
Turn Signal
Direction
Hazard Warning
Flasher
Headlight
High Beam
50
I
Parking Lights
0
Off
Daytime
Running Lights
Fog Lights
These symbols are on some of your controls:
-~
Windshield
Wiper
w
1
~
RearWindowWiper
Windshield
Defroster
Windshield
Washer
I
I
I
I
Rear Window Washer
L
CYT
Ventilating Fan
Rear Window
Defogger
I
I
Hatch
Release
PO595
0-5
These symbols are used onwarning and indicator lights.
I-,
I
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Battery Charging
System
Engine Oil
Pressure
Fuel
I
BRAKE
ANTILOCK
1
RELEASE
1
Brake
4 Wheel
Parking Brake
Release
Anti-Lock
I
SHIFT
1
Shift Light
Here aresome other symbols you may see:
Fuse
Hood Release
Lighter
Horn
PO597
0-6
Seats & Safety
. Belts
Hereyou’llfindinformationabouttheseatsinyourvehicleand
how to use
your safety belts properly. You can also learnabout some things you should
not do with safety belts .
Seats and Seat Controls ......................................................................................
1-2
Front Seats ........................................................................................................
1-2
Head Restraints ................................................................................................. 1-5
Rear Seats ......................................................................................................... 1-8
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone
.................................................................. 1-13
Why Safety Belts Work ................................................................................... 1-15
Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts
......................................... 1-18
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-20
Adults ................................................................................................................... 1-20
DriverPosition ...................................................................................................
1-20
Lap-Shoulder Belt............................. ....
,... ................................................
1-21
SafetyBelt Use DuringPregnancy ................................................................ 1-26
PassengerPositions ........................................................................................
1-27
Children ................................................................................................................ 1-34
Smaller Children and Babies .......................................................................... 1-34
Child Restraints................................................................................................
1-36
Larger Children ................................................................................................ 1-44
Safety Belt Extender ........................................................................................... 1-46
........................................... 1-47
Checking Your Restraint Systems.~,,~,,~~~~~*~~~,,,.-~i~~~Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ............................................................... 1-47
.....
4. E
1-1
Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Controls
This sectiontellsyouabouttheseats-howtoadjustthem,takethemout,
fold themupanddown.
It alsotellsyouabout
andputthembackin,and
recliningseats and headrestraints.
Front Seats
Manual Front Seat
1 CAUTION
A
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual
driver’s seat while the vehicle
is moving.Thesuddenmovement
could startle and confuse you, ormake you push a pedalwhenyou
is not
don’twant to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when the vehicle
movina.
K2102
Slide the lever at the front
of theseattowardyourdoortounlock
it. Slide
it. Then release the lever and
try tomove the
theseattowhereyouwant
seatwithyourbody,
to makesuretheseatislockedintoplace.
1-2
Power Seat
K2365
Ifyourvehiclehas a powerseaton
this switchatthefront
of theseat.
the driver’sside,youcanadjustitwith
Reclining Front Seatback (Bucket or Split Bench Seat)
Pol 91
To adjusttheseatback,liftthefront
of thislever. If your vehiclehasa
passengersideeasyentryseat,yourseatbackleverwillbeslightlylarger,but
will work thesameway.Releasethelever
to locktheseatbackwhereyou
wantit.Pull up on the lever and theseatbackwill go toanuprightposition.
1-3
Seats & Safety Belts
Don’thaveaseatbackreclined
if your vehicle is moving.
i
AN1 01 020
I CAUTION
A
sittingin a reclinedpositionwhenyourvehicle
is in motioncan be
,,.Igerous.
Even if you buckle up,yoursafetybelts
can’t do their job
whenyou’rereclined like this.
1
I
The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it won’t be against your
body.Instead, it will be infront of you. In a crashyou could go into
it,receivingneck or other injuries.
The lap beltcan’t do its jobeither.In a crash the belt could go up
over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your
pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicleisinmotion,have
the
I
seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your
belt properly.
safety
I
Head Restraints
i
I
AN102016
Slidetheheadrestraintup
to the top of yourears.
or down so that the top oftherestraint
Thispositionreducesthechance
of aneckinjury
is closest
in acrash.
Seatback Latches (40/60 Reclining Split Bench Seat and
Reclining Bucket Seat)
PO191
To foldaseatbackforward,
seatback forward.
pull up on thefront of thisleverandfoldthe
1-5
Seats dk Safety Belts
To returntheseatbacktotheuprightposition,justpushtheseatback
rearward.
When you returntheseatback to itsoriginalposition,pull
suretheseatbackislocked.
it forward to make
If theseatbackisn'tlocked,
it could move forwardinasuddenstop
rcrash.Thatcouldcauseinjury
to thepersonsittingthere.Always
pressrearward on the seatback to besure it is locked.
Easy Entry Seat (Uti/ity Model Front and Wagon Model
Second Seat)
K2406
Therightfrontbucketseatortherightside
of the 40160 splitbenchseat,
it easy
availableontheUtilitymodel,has
aneasyentryfeature.Thismakes
to get in andout of therearseat.
To operatetheseat,pushdown on therear of theleverattherearedge
the seat.Whenyoudo,theseatbackwillmovefullyforwardandtheseat
it stops.
bottom will release.Justpullorpushtheseatforwarduntil
To returnthe seat to itsregularposition,returntheseatback
to itsupright
position,then push the wholeseatrearward until it latches.
1-6
of
sure
Afterreturningtheseat
body, to makesurethe
to itsregularposition, try to move theseatwithyour
seat is locked into place.
K2476
Therightside of therear 60140 splitfoldingbenchseat,availableon
the
Wagonmodel,hasaneasyentryfeature.Thismakes
it easy to get in and
out of the third seat, if you haveone.
To operatetheseat,movethetopleverattherearedge
of theseatforward,
of thevehicle.When you do, theseat
and tilt theseatbacktowardthefront
it stops.
bottomwillrelease.Justpull
or pushtheseatforwarduntil
To returntheseat to its regularposition,returntheseatbacktoitsupright
position,thenpushthewholeseatrearwarduntillatches.
Afterreturningtheseat to itsregularposition,trytomovetheseatwithyour
body, to makesure the seatislockedintoplace.
I CAUTION
I
I
If aneasyentryrightfront
seat isn'tlocked, it canmove. In a
suddenstoporcrash,the
person sittingtherecouldbeinjured.
'you'veused it, besurepushrearwardonaneasyentryseatto
be
it is locked.
1-7
,4.Lwl
I
Seats & Safety Belts
Rear Seats
Folcihg Rear Seat (Utility Models)
If your vehicle has a rear seat, the seat can be folded flat for more cargo
space.Beforefolding,makesurethatnothing
is underor in frontoftheseat.
Whnn +ha @sat is folded. it willlavflatonthefloor.
I
i-
PO273
To fold the seat, pull ontheleveratthefrontoftheseatcushionmarked
RELEASE. Then,usingthehandleatthesideoftheseatback,pullthe
seatback forward and fold it into the seat cushion.
1
n
..I
PO272
Whilethe seat is in thefoldedposition,hangthelatchplateend
oftheouter
at thetopofeachretractor
passenger position safety belts on the hooks
cover,outoftheway.
1-8
To returntheseat to thepassengerposition,just
lift up on theseatback and
push it rearwarduntil it latches.
Afterreturningtheseat to thepassengerposition,pullforward
seatback to makesure it is lockedinplace.
on the
Folding Second Seat (Wagon Models)
If yourvehiclehasa 60140 second seat,eithersidemaybefoldeddown
to
giveyoumorecargospace.Beforefolding,makesurethatnothing
is under
or in front of theseat.Whenthe seat is folded, it willlay flat onthefloor.
i
K2477
To fold the seat,pushdown on theleverattheouterside
of theseat
cushionand,usingthehandlemounted
on theside of theseat,pulltheseat
cushion up and fold it forward.
1-9
Seats & Safety Belts
PO507
Afterfoldingtheseatbackfullyforward,pushdownontheleveragainand
it is flat.
foldtheseatbackforwarduntil
To createaloadfloor,releasethepanelsfromtheseatbacksbypushing
rearwardonthelatch,andfoldthemouttocovertherearseatfootwell.
1-1 0
PO509
To returntheseattothepassengerposition,lifttheloadfloorpanelsand
latchthemintotheseatback.Then,lifttheseatbackupandpushrearward
it latchesinposition,
until it latches.Lowertheseatcushionuntil
After returningtheseat to thepassengerposition, pull forward on the
seatback a n d up on theseatcushionhandle to makesure theseatislocked
in place.
Removable Rear Seat (Wagon Models)
Ifyour vehicle has a rearseat,itcanbetakenoutformorecargospace.
PO274
Beforeremovingtheseat,unlatchtheoutsidepassengerpositionsafetybelts
fromtheseatframe. To do this,press in ontheinside of thebucklecover
1-1 1
Seats & Safety Belts
sleeveandpullthelatchplate
of thebeltonthehookatthetop
out of buckle. Thenhangthelatchplateend
of theretractor cover,out of the way.
PO51 0
To removetheseat, fully opentherearloaddoors
and entertheback of the
of the seat toward
vehicle.Movetheseatbackreleaseleverattherightrear
the center of the vehicle, and fold the seatback forward into the seat cushion.
K2356
To unlatchtheseat from thefloor, pull up onthecenterreleasehandle
at
the rear of the seat and lift the rear of theseatup,out
of the floor. Turn the
seat sideways and take it out of the vehicle.
1-1 2
To puttheseatbackin,
hold itsidewaysandputitintothevehicle.Turnthe
seat to theforwardpositionandsetitdown,withthelatchesatthebottomof
theseatoverthehooks
in thefloor. Pull uponthecenterreleasehandle
and let the seatdrop into place.Releasethehandletolettheseatlatch
closeandmakesure it locksintoplace.Then,movetheseatbackrelease
of theseattowardthecenter
of thevehicleandraise
lever at the right rear
the seatback.
to the upright position, push
Afterreturningtheseatback
fonvard to makesure it islockedinplace.
Then,returntheoutsidepassengerpositionsafetybelts
buckles.
A
the seatback
to theseatframe
A safety belt that is twistedornot properly attached won’t provide
I
the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could
be seriously injured. After installing the seat, always check to be sure
that the safety belts are not twisted and are properly attached.
1
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone
Thispart of the manual tells you
yousomethingsyoushouldnot
how to usesafetybeltsproperly.Italsotells
do withsafetybelts.
Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twear
a safetybeltproperly. If
you are in a crashandyou’renotwearing
a safetybelt,yourinjuries
canbe much worse. You canhitthingsinsidethevehicleorbe
ejectedfrom it. You can beseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame
y%
&: crash, you might not be
if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
ik:: safetybelt,andcheckthatyourpassengers’beltsarefastened
properly too.
.-.>
,
1-1 3
Seats & Safety Belts
1
I
I
1
AM110001
This figurelights up whenyou turnthe key to RUN or START whenyour
safetybeltisn’tbuckled,andyou’llhearabuzzer
or tone, too. It’s the
reminderto .buckle up. InmanystatesandCanadianprovinces,thelawsays
to wearsafetybelts.Here’swhy:
They work.
Youneverknow if you’llbe in a crash. If youdohave
know if it willbeabadone.
a crash,youdon’t
A fewcrashesareverymild.
In them,youwon’tgethurteven
if you’renot
buckled up.And some crashescanbe so serious,likebeinghitbyatrain,
But mostcrashesare in
thatevenbuckledupapersonwouldn’tsurvive.
between.Inmanyofthem,peoplewhobuckleupcansurviveandsometimes
walkaway.Without belts they could bebadlyhurt or killed.
1-1 4
After 25 years of safety belts in vehicles, the facts are
buckling up does matter . . . a lot!
clear. In most crashes
I
I
AN110021R1
Why Safety Belts Work
AMllbUd2
AM115001
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.Forexample, if
the bike is going 10 mph (16 km/h), so isthechild. When thebikehitsthe
block, it stops. But thechildkeepsgoing!
1-15
Seats & Safety Belts
b
AM115003
Takethesimplest“vehicle.”Supposeit’s
onit.
AM115004
just a seat onwheels. Put someone
I
AM115005
Get it up to speed.Thenstopthe“vehicle.”Theriderdoesn’tstop.
1-1 6
AM115006
Thepersonkeepsgoinguntilstoppedbysomething.
couldbethewindshield
...
In arealvehicle,
it
i
L
AM115007
or theinstrumentpanel
...
1-17
Seats & Safety Belts
1
AM115008
or the safety belts!
Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes.
You getmoretime to
stop. Youstopovermoredistance,andyourstrongestbonestake
theforces.
That’swhysafetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense.
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety
Belts-and the Answers
Q: Won’t I betrappedin the vehicleafteranaccident if I’m wearing a
safetybelt?
A: You could be-whetheryou’rewearingasafety
belt ornot.Butyoucan
if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance
of
easilyunbuckleasafetybelt,even
so you can unbuckleandget
beingconsciousduringandafteranaccident,
out,is much greater if youarebelted.
Q: Whydon’ttheyjustput
safetybelts?
in airbags so people won’t have to wear
A: “Airbags,”orSupplementalInflatableRestraintsystems,are
in some
in thefuture.Buttheyare
vehiclestodayand will beinmoreofthem
supplementalsystemsonly - so theywork with safetybelts,notinstead of
them.Every“airbag”systemeverofferedforsalehasrequiredtheuse
of
safetybelts.Even if you’reinavehiclethathas“air
bags,”you stillhaveto
buckle uptogetthemostprotection.That’struenotonly
in frontalcollisions,
butespecially in sideandothercollisions.
1-1 8
Q: If I’m a good driver, and I neverdrivefarfromhome,whyshould
wear safety belts?
I
A: Youmaybe anexcellentdriver,but if you’re in anaccident - evenone
- youand yourpassengerscanbehurt.Beingagood
thatisn’tyourfault
as bad
driverdoesn’tprotectyoufromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,such
drivers.
Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km) of home.Andthegreatest
numberof serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds
of lessthan 40 mph
(65km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
K2443
Whenthekey is turned to RUN or START, a lightwillcomeonforabout
eightsecondstoremindpeople
to fasten their safety belts. Unless the driver’s
safetybeltisbuckled,abuzzerortonewillalsosound.
1-1 9
Seafs & Safety Belts
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
Thispartisonlyforpeopleofadultsize.
+ Therearespecialthings
u
I
to knowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And
therearedifferentrulesforbabiesandsmallerchildren.
If achildwill
beridingin yourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called
“Children.”Followthoserulesforeveryone’sprotection.
First, you’ll wanttoknowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehicle
with the driver position.
Driver Position
Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem.
I
C
I
E
1-20
has. We’ll start
Lap-Shoulder Belt
T
I
1
I
I
I
AM1 20007
Thedriverhasalap-shoulderbelt.Here’s
how towear it properly.
1. Closeandlockthedoor.
2. Adjusttheseat(toseehow,see“Seats”intheIndex)
up straight.
so youcansit
1
AN120120
3. Pickupthelatch
plate andpullthebeltacrossyou.
On somemodels
youmayheara
clickingsound as theshoulderbelt is pulled out or
whenreleasedback into the cover. This is theshoulderbelttension
reducingfeatureoperatingproperly.Don’tletthebeltgettwisted.
4. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntil
it clicks.
1-21
Seats & Safety Belts
Ifthebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheendofthis
section.
Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupward
wouldbeabletounbuckle
it quickly if youeverhadto.
oroutward so you
Thelappart of thebeltshould be lowandsnugon
thehips,justtouching
thethighs.Inacrash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And
If you slidunder it, thebelt
you’dbelesslikelytoslideunderthelapbelt.
would applyforceatyourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousorevenfatal
go overtheshoulderandacrossthechest.
injuries.Theshoulderbeltshould
Theseparts of thebodyarebestabletotakebeltrestrainingforces.
Thesafetybeltlocks
if there’sasuddenstoporacrash.
Q: What’swrongwiththis?
AM120015
A: Theshoulderbelt
way.
-A
is tooloose. It won’tgivenearlyasmuchprotectionthis
You canbeseriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbeltistooloose.Ina
crashyouwouldmoveforwardtoomuch,whichcouldincreaseinjury.
The shoulder belt should fit againstyourbody.
1-22
CAUTION
A
You can be seriously injured if your beltgoesoveranarmrestlike
too high. In acrash,youcanslide
this.Thebeltwouldbemuch
underthebelt.Thebeltforcewouldthenbeappliedattheabdomen,
notatthepelvicbones,andthatcouldcauseseriousorfatalinjuries.
Besurethebeltgoesunderthearmrests.
1
Q: What’s wrong withthis?
A
8
AM125001
It should beworn over the
A: Theshoulderbeltiswornunderthearm.
shoulderat all times.
A
I-
You canbeseriouslyinjured
if you wear theshoulderbeltunderyour
arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chanceofheadandneckinjury.
Also, thebeltwould
as shoulder
applytoomuchforce to the ribs,whicharen’tasstrong
bones.You couldalsoseverelyinjureinternalorganslikeyourliver
or spleen.
1-24
I
Q: What’s wrong with
this?
AM125002
A: The belt is twisted across the body.
I CAUTION
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt, In a crash, you
wouldn’t have the full width of the belt to spread impad forces. If a
belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or ask your
dealer to fix a.
1
r.-
1
.
AN120123
To unlatchthe belt, just push thebuttononthebuckle.Thebeltshould
back out of the way.
1-25
go
Seats & Safety Belts
Beforeyou close thedoor,besurethebelt
is out of the way, If youslam
thedooronit,youcandamageboththebeltandyourvehicle.
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Likealloccupants,
if theydon’twearsafetybelts.
theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured
A pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbelt,andthelapportion
shouldbewornas low aspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy.
is toprotectthemother.Whenasafety
Thebestwaytoprotectthefetus
belt is wornproperly,it’smorelikelythatthefetuswon’tbehurtinacrash.
For pregnantwomen,as for anyone,thekeytomakingsafetybeltseffective
iswearingthemproperly.
1-26
Right Front Passenger Position
K2426
Therightfrontpassenger’ssafetybeltworksthesamewayasthedriver’s
safetybelt. See “DriverPosition,”earlierinthissection.
of thebeltispulledout
all the way, it willlock. If it
Whenthelapportion
does,letitgobackallthewayandstartagain.
Center Passenger Position
(Except Wagon Models Second Seat)
If yourvehiclehasfrontandrearbenchseats,someonecansit
positions.
1-27
in thecenter
-Seats & Safety Belts
Whenyousit in the center seating position, (except in thesecondseat of the
To make
WagonModels)youhavea
lapsafetybelt,whichhasnoretractor.
thebeltlonger,tiltthelatchplateandpullitalongthebelt.
I
AN145043
AN145041
To makethebeltshorter,pullitsfreeend
Buckle,positionandrelease
lap-shoulder belt.
as shownuntilthebeltissnug.
it thesamewayasthelappartofa
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’attheendofthis
section.
Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward
wouldbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto.
1-28
so you
Center Passenger Position (Wagon Models Second Seat)
K2437
When you sit in thecenterposition of thewagonmodelsecondseat,you
havealapsafetybeltwhichhasaretractor.
r
.
..
.
.
AN145053
I . Pickupthelatchplateand,
in asinglemotion,pullthebeltacrossyou.
Don’tlet it gettwisted.
2. Push thelatchplateintothebuckleuntil
it clicks. If thebeltstopsbefore
it reachesthebuckle,let
it gobackallthewayandstartagain.
1-29
Seats & Safety Belts
3. Feedthelapbeltintotheretractor
4. Positionandrelease
to tighten it.
it the sameway as thelappart
of alap-shoulder
belt.
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend
of this
section.Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward
so you would beable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto.
AN145054
Rear Seat Passengers
It’sveryimportantforrearseatpassengers
to buckleup!Accidentstatistics
show thatunbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoftenincrashes
thanthosewhoarewearingsafetybelts.
Rearpassengerswhoaren’tsafety
acrash.Andtheycanstrikeothers
belts.
belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in
in the vehicle who arewearingsafety
1-30
Rear Seat Outside Positions
Lap-Shoulder Belt
Thepositionsnext to thewindowshavelap-shoulderbelts.Here’showto
wearoneproperly.
1. Pickup the latchplateandpullthebeltacrossyou.Don’tletitget
twisted.
AN14702
2. Push the latchplate into thebuckle until it clicks.
If thebeltstopsbefore
it reachesthebuckle,
keeppullinguntilyou can buckleit.
1-31
tilt thelatchplateand
If thebeltisnot
this section.
long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend
Make sure thereleasebutton
youwouldbeabletounbuckle
on thebucklefacesupward
of
or outward so
it quickly if youeverhadto.
AN147096
To makethelapparttight,
pull down on thebuckleend
youpull uptheshoulderpart.
of thebeltas
1
I
1
L
.
AM1 20007
The lap part of the belt should be low andsnug on thehips,justtouching
thethighs. In a crash,thisappliesforce to the strong pelvic bones.And
If youslidunderit,thebelt
you’d be lesslikely to slideunderthelapbelt.
1-32
wouldapplyforce at yourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousoreven
fatal
injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across thechest.
to take belt restrainingforces.
Theseparts of thebodyarebestable
Thesafetybeltlocks
if thereisasuddenstopor
a crash.
I CAUTION
r
I
if yourshoulderbeltis
too loose. In a
You canbeseriouslyhurt
'b crash you would moveforwardtoomuch,whichcouldincreaseinjury.
The shoulder belt should fit against your body.
L
AN147030
To unlatchthebelt,justpushthebutton
on thebuckle.
1-33
Seats & Safety Belts
AN1 50036
Everyonein a vehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsand
all children
smallerthanadultsize. In fact,thelawineverystateandCanadianprovince
a vehicle.
sayschildrenup to someagemustberestrainedwhilein
Smaller Children and Babies
CAUTION
I A Smaller children and babiesshould always berestrainedin
a child or
b infant restraint. The instructions
for the restraint will say whether it is
the right type and size for your child. A very young child's hip bones
are so smallthat a regularbeltmightnotstay
low onthehips, as it
should.Instead,the belt will likely be over the child's abdomen. In a
crash the belt would apply forcerighton the child's abdomen, which
could cause serious or fatal injuries. So, be sure that any child small
enough for one is always properly restrained in a child or infant
restraint.
134
I
r
A
IAM150035
I CAUTION
Never hold ababy in yourarmswhileriding in avehicle. A baby
will
doesn'tweighmuch-untilacrash.Duringacrashababy
become so heavyyoucan'tholdit.Forexample,
in a crash at only
mph (40 km/h), a12-pound (5.5 kg} baby will suddenlybecomea
240-pound (110 kg) force on your arms. The baby would bealmost
impossible to hold.
I
Secure the baby in an infantrestraint.
I'
I' 4AN15003
1-35
Seats & Safety Belts
Child Restraints
Besuretofollowtheinstructionsfortherestraint.
Youmay findthese
instructionsontherestraintitself or in abooklet,orboth.Theserestraints
usethebeltsystem
in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohastobesecured
within the restraint to helpreducethechanceofpersonalinjury.The
instructions that comewith theinfantorchildrestraintwillshowyouhowto
do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accidentstatisticsshowthatchildrenaresafer
if theyarerestrainedinthe
rearratherthanthefrontseat.
WeatGeneralMotorsthereforerecommend
that you putyourchildrestraint in therearseatunlessthechildisaninfant
andyou’retheonlyadult
in thevehicle. In thatcase,youmightwant
to
on the
securetherestraintinthefrontseatwhereyoucankeepaneye
baby.
Wherever you installit,besure to securethechildrestraintproperly.
CAUTION
I
Anunsecuredchildrestraintcanmovearound
in acollisionor
A sudden stop and injure people in thevehicle.Be sure to properly
secureanychildrestraint in yourvehicle-evenwhenno
child is in
it.
A
Top Strap
AN1 55001
If your childrestrainthasatopstrap,
it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to
GM dealer to putit in for you. If
haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour
youwant to installananchoryourself,yourdealercantellyouhow
to doit.
1-36
Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Position
--II
K2432
You’ll be usingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearliersectionaboutthe
strap if thechildrestraint has one.
1. Puttherestraint
restraint.
top
on theseat. Follow theinstructionsforthechild
2. Securethechildinthechildrestraintastheinstructionssay.
I
AN160147
3. Pull out thevehicle’ssafetybelt.Makethebelt
as long aspossibleby
it alongthebelt.
tiltingthelatchplateandpulling
1-37
Seats & Safety Belts
4. Runthe lap partthrough or aroundtherestraint.Thechildrestraint
instructionswill show you how.See if theshoulderbeltwouldgoinfront
of thechild’sface
orneck. If so, put it behindthechildrestraint.
AN1 60136
AN160062
5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you’llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to.
6. To tighten the belt, pull upontheshoulderbeltwhileyoupushdown
thechildrestraint.
on
i
:A
AN160067
7. Push and pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections
secure.
1-38
to be sure it is
To removethe child restraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltandlet
go back all the way. The safetybelt will movefreelyagainandbereadyto
or larger child passenger.
workforanadult
it
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Seat Position
(Except Wagon Models Second Seat)
I
C
c
Whenyousecure a childrestraint in a centerseatingposition,except
secondseat of a Wagon model, you’llbeusingthelapbelt.Seetheearlier
partaboutthetopstrapif
the child restrainthasone.
1. Makethe belt as long aspossibleby
along the belt.
in the
tilting thelatchplateandpulling
it
1
AN163028
1-39
Seats & Safety Belts
2. Puttherestraintontheseat.
restraint.
Follow theinstructionsforthechild
3. Securethe child in thechildrestraintastheinstructions
say.
4. Runthevehicle’ssafety belt throughoraroundtherestraint.The
restraintinstructionswillshowyou
how.
child
5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you’llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto.
6. To tightenthebelt,pull
restraint.
its freeendwhileyoupushdownonthe
child
7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirectionstobesure
it is
secure. If thechildrestraintisn’tsecure,turnthelatchplateoverand
in
buckle it again.Thensee if it issecure. If itisn’t,securetherestraint
a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker for
their advice.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt.
ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger.
It will be
Securing a Child Restraint in fhe Center Seat Position
(Wagon Models Second Seat)
1
You’ll beusingthelapbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
childrestrainthasone.
1-40
if the
1. Puttherestraintontheseat.
restraint.
Follow theinstructionsforthechild
2. Securethechild
in the child restraintastheinstructions
3. Pullthelapbelt
all the way outwithoutstopping.
say.
4. Whileholding it out,runthebeltthroughoraroundthechildrestraint.
The child restraintinstructionswillshowyouhow.
AN163056
AN163057
5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you’ll be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever need to.
1-41
Seats & Safety Belts
6. Pull therest of thebelt all thewayoutoftheretractor
to setthelock.
7. To tightenthebelt,feeditbackintotheretractorwhileyoupushdown
onthechildrestraint.
8. Pushand pull the child restraint in differentdirectionstobesure
secure.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltand
go back all the way. Thesafetybeltwillmovefreelyagainandbeready
work for anadultorlarger
child passenger.
it is
let it
to
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat
You’ll beusingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
if the child restrainthasone.
1. Puttherestraintontheseat.
restraint.
Follow theinstructionsforthe
child
2. Securethechild in thechildrestraint as theinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
show youhow.See if
therestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructionswill
the shoulder belt would go
in front ofthechild’sfaceorneck.If
so, put
it behind the child restraint.
1-42
AN165013
4. Buckle the belt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupward
so you'llbeable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed
or outward,
to.
5. Pulltherest of thebelt all the way out of the lap retractortosetthe
lock.
AN1 65123
AN165015
6. To tighten the belt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhileyou
push downonthechildrestraint.
1-43
Seats & Safety Belts
1
AN165016
7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections
secure.
to be sure it is
To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle’ssafetybeltandlet
back allthe way.Thesafety belt will movefreelyagainandbeready
foranadult or larger child passenger.
it go
to work
Larger Children
-I
AM170057
Children whohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle’ssafety
should sitnext to a window so the child
belts. If youhavethechoice,achild
can wearalap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraint
a shoulderbelt
canprovide.Accidentstatisticsshowthatchildren
are safer if theyare
restrainedintherearseat.
Buttheyneed to use thesafety belts-properly.
1-44
Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in a crash.
I
I
AM170060
Childrenwho arsn’t buckled up can strike other people who are.
r
il
AM170058
b
I
Never do this.
Here two children are wearingthe same belt. The belt can’tproperly
. .
In crash, the twochildren can be
spreadtheimpactforces.
crushed,-together and seriouslyinjured. A belt must be usedby only
one nerson at a time.
a
1-45
I
Q: What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulderbelt,butthechild
is so
small thattheshoulder belt is very close to the child’s face or neck?
A: Movethechild toward thecenter of the vehicle,but besure that the
shoulder belt still is on thechild’s shoulder, so that in a crashthechild’s
If the child is so small
upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide,
or neck,youmight
thattheshoulderbeltstillisveryclosetothechild’sface
if your vehiclehas one.
want to placethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt,
AM170064
I
CAUTION
A
~
Neverdo this.
Hereachildissittinginaseatthathasalap-shoulderbelt,butthe
shoulderpart is behindthechild.
If thechild wears thebeltinthis
way, in a crashthechildmightslideunderthebelt.Thebelt’sforce
wouldthenbeappliedrightonthechild’sabdomen.Thatcould
cause serious or fatal injuries.
Whereverthechildsits,the
lap pottion of thebeltshouldbewornlowand
snug on thehips,justtouchingthechild’sthighs.Thisappliesbeltforceto
thechild’spelvicbonesinacrash.
Safety Belt Extender
If thevehicie’ssafetybeltwillfastenaroundyou,youshoulduse
it. But if a
you an extender.
safetybeltisn’tlongenoughtofasten,yourdealerwillorder
It’sfree.Whenyougo
in toorderit,taketheheaviestcoatyouwill
wear, so
the extender will be long enough for you. The extender will be just for
you,
1-46
and justfor the seat iir ydur vehicletharyou choose. Don't let someone else
use it, anduse it only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now andthen,makesure
all yourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors,
anchoragesandremindersystemsareworkingproperly.Lookforanyloose
parts ordamage. If youseeanythingthatmightkeep
a restraintsystem from
doingits job, have it repaired.
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
If you'vehad a crash,doyouneednewbelts?
belts were.
After a very minorcollision,nothing maybenecessary.Butifthe
stretched,astheywouldbeifwornduring
a moreseverecrash,thenyou
need newbelts.
Ifyoueversee
a label on a rightfrontsafetybeltthatsaystoreplacethe
do so. Then it willbetheretohelpprotect
you in an
belt,besureto
accident. You wouldseethislabelonthebeltnearthedooropening.
AM177001
If beltsarecut or damaged,replacethem.Collisiondamagealsomaymean
you willhave to havesafetybeltpartsliketheretractorreplacedor
if thebeltwasn'tbeingusedatthetime
anchoragelocationsrepaired-even
of the collision.
Seats & Safety Bdts
Q: What’swrongwiththis?
c
AP125004
A: Thebeltistorn.
I
CAUTION
=L
Torn or frayed belts may not protect you in a crash. They can rip
apart under impact forces. If a b0R is tom or frayed, get a new on0
right away.
Beforereplacinganysafetybelt,seeyourdealerforthecorrectpartnumber.
You’llneedthemodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel
yearisonyour title andregistration.Andyoucanfindthemodelnumberon
the certificationhre label ofyourvehicle.
1-48
1I
A
A
b
K2447
Themodelnumberonthereplacementbeltmustbelistedonthesafetybelt
youwant to replace.
1-49
.
Featums & Controls
I
Section
Hereyoucanlearnaboutthemanystandardandoptionalfeaturesonyour
. Also explainedare
vehicle.andinformationonstarting.shifting.andbraking
theinstrumentpanelandthewarningsystemsthat
tell you if everythingis
.
workingproperly-andwhat
to doifyouhaveaproblem
For explanation of vehicle symbols in thissection. refer to “Vehicle
Symbols” in Section 0.
Keys .......................................................................................................................
2-3
Your DobrS and How They Work
........................................................................
2-5
Side Doors .........................................................................................................
2-5
2-6
Door Locks .........................................................................................................
............................................................
2-7
2-8
Tailgate ...............................................................................................................
Tailgate. Tailgate Glass and Rear Doors
Panel Doors ....................................................................................................... 2-9
2-10
Theft .....................................................................................................................
2-11
New Vehicle Break-In .........................................................................................
2-11
Ignition Switch .....................................................................................................
Starting Your Engine ...........................................................................................2-14
2-15
Driving Through Water ....................................................................................
2-17
Automatic Transmission ......................................................................................
Five-Speed Manual Transmission ......................................................................2-20
2-1
Features & Controls
Locking Rear Axle ...............................................................................................
2-22
Parking Brake...................................................................................................... 2-23
2-27
Parking Over Things That Burn .........................................................................
Engine Exhaust ...................................................................................................
2-28
...................................................... 2-29
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................
2-30
Transfer Case ..................................................................................................
2-30
Front Axle Locking Feature ............................................................................ 2-32
Windows ...............................................................................................................
2-33
Horn......................................................................................................................
2-35
Tilt Wheel .............................................................................................................
2-35
Multifunction Lever ..............................................................................................
2-36
....................................................... 2-37
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Headlight High-Low Beam ..............................................................................
2-38
Windshield Wipers ...........................................................................................
2-39
Windshield Washer ..........................................................................................
2-40
Cruise Control ..................................................................................................
2-41
Headlights and Vehicle Lighting ......................................................................... 2-46
Mirrors ..................................................................................................................
2-51
Sun Visors ........................................................................................................... 2-53
2-54
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ......................................................................
Cigarette LightedAshtrays................................................................................... 2-55
Storage Compartments .......................................................................................
2-55
Instrument Cluster ...............................................................................................
2-62
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
..........................................................
2-68
Gages ............................................................................................................... 2-76
Luggage Carrier...................................................................................................
2-80
Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................
2-82
2-2
A0201001
~
CAUTION
Leavingyoungchildren in avehiclewiththeignitionkey
is dangerous
fib for
manyreasons. A child or others could be badly injured or even
killed.
They could operatepowerwindows or other controls or even make
the vehiclemove.Don’tleavethekeys
in avehiclewithyoung
children.
K5127
Theignition keys are for the ignition only.
2-3
a
K5316
The door keysareforthedoorsandallotherlocks.
\
\
\
K1298
Whenanewvehicle
is delivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe
keys,andgivesthemtothefirstowner.
it thattellsyourdealer
or aqualifiedlocksmith how
Eachplughasacodeon
tomakeextra keys. Keeptheplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys,
you’llbeabletohavenewonesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs.
2-4
1 NOTICE
Yourvehiclehas a numberofnewfeatures
that can help preventthef,.
if you ever lock
But you canhave a lot of troublegettingintoyourvehicle
x keysinside. You may evenhave to damageyourvehicle to get in.
So be sure you have extra kevs.
# -
-
Your Doors and How They Work
Side Doors
To open the door from the outside,pull the handle up and pull the door
open.
~.
.
*
.
. . . . _ _.......
*
..- . .
z
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
................... . .
. . . . . .
~,
j.
. . . .
_... . . . . . .
_. . . . . .
I
K2130
TO open the doorfrom the inside, pull the lever toward you and push the
door open.
2-5
Featurns & Controls
A
Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous.
Passengers-especially children-can easily open thedoorsand
out. When a door is locked,theinsidehandlewon’topen
it.
I
Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhen
down
or
stop your
vehicle.
fall
you slow
This maynotbe so obvious: You increasethechance of being
thrownout of the vehicle in a crash if the doors aren’t locked. Wear
safetybeltsproperly,lockyourdoors,andyouwill
be farbetter off
vehicle.
you whenever
your
drive
Thereareseveralwaystolockandunlockyourvehicle:
From theoutside:useyourdoorkey.
From theinside: To lockthedoor,slidethelever
on aside doordown. To
unlockthedoor,slidetheleveronthedoorup.Therearpaneldoors
do not
havealever.
2-6
I
I
Power Door Locks (Option)
Pressthebottom of thepowerdoorlockswitchmarked
LOCK, on eitherfront
doors atonce.Presstheswitchmarked
UNLOCK to
door,tolockallthe
unlockallthedoorsatonce.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leavingthevehicle,take yourkeys,openyourdoorandsetthe
locksfromtheinside,thengetoutandclosethedoor.
Tailgate, Tailgate Glass and Rear Doors
I CAUTION
I
Itcanbedangeroustodrivewiththetailgate,tailgateglass
or arear
b dooropen.CarbonMonoxide
(CO)gascancomeintoyourvehicle.
You can’tsee or smell CO. It cancauseunconsciousnessandeven
death.
Ifyoumustdrivewiththetailgate,tailgateglass
or areardooropen:
Makesureallwindowsareshut.
Turnthefanonyourheatingorcoolingsystemtoitshighest
VENT. Thatwillforceoutsideairinto
speedwiththesettingon
yourvehicle.See“ComfortControls”intheIndex.
I
If youhaveairventson
theall
them
way.
or undertheinstrumentpanel,open
2-7
Tailgate
.
I
K2175
If yourvehiclehasatailgate,youmustraisetherearglassbeforelowering
key.With the
the tailgate. To opentheglassfromtheoutside,useyourdoor
it up.
key in the lock, turnthekey to therighttoreleasetheglass,thenlift
Openthetailgate
you.
by lifting upon thehandlewhilepullingthetailgatetoward
Closethetailgatebeforeclosingtherearglass.Afterclosing,makesurethe
tailgate is securelylatchedby pulling it toward you. Afterclosing the rear
glass, pull up on its handle to make sure it is locked.
2-8
Panel Doors
To opentherear panel doorson the wagonmodel,youmustopen
doorfirst. Pull up onthehandleand pull the door open.
t"
the right
g
P
-:
p
K2177
To openthe left door, pull thehandle on the door edge out and pull the door
open.
To close me doors,closetheleftdoorfirst.Besurebothdoorsarelatched
securely.
PO285
Thereardoorshaveacheckassembly
than you want.
to keepthemfromopeningfarther
2-9
Features & Contmls
You can release the checkstrap if you need to openeitherdoorfarther.First
openthedoor part way, but do not let theendofthestrapcatchthe
pin on
awayfrom
the door. Then hold the strap at the white mark and pull the strap
thedoorpin. You can then swing the door open
all the way.
To attachthecheckstrap,justclosethedoorandthestrapwillcatchthe
pin.
Theft
Vehicletheft is a big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour
vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features,weknow that nothing we
puton it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan
help.
Key in the Ignition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside,
it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves-sodon’t
do it.When
you park your vehicleandopenthedriver‘sdoor,you’llhearatonereminding
you to removeyourkeyfromtheignitionandtake
it with you.Alwaysdo
so will yourignition. If youhave
this. Your steeringwheelwillbelocked,and
an automatic transmission, taking your key out also locks your transmission.
And remember to lockthedoors.
Parking at Night: Parkinalightedspot,close
all windowsandlockyour
in a storage
vehicle, Remember to keepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem
area,ortakethemwithyou.
Parking Lots: If youpark in a lotwheresomeonewillbewatchingyour
if youhave to
vehicle,it’sbest to lock it upandtakeyourkeys.Butwhat
leave your ignitionkey? What if youhave to leavesomethingvaluable in your
vehicle?
Putyourvaluables
youhaveone.
in astorage area, likeyourglovebox
Locktheconsole
Lockalldoorsexceptthedriver’s
Thentakethe
keywithyou.
2-1 0
or console, if
Ignition Switch
Useyoursquarekey to startyourvehicle.Thesquarekeyletsyouturnthe
ignitionswitch to fivedifferentpositions:
Acc(Accessory):Acc letsyouusethingsliketheradioand
the windshield
wiperswhen the engine is off. To getinto Acc, push in thekeyand turn it
as it was beforeyou
towardyou. Your steeringwheelwillremainlocked,just
insertedthe key.
2-1 1
Features & Controls
LOCK: Thisposition locks yourignition,steeringwheel
and transmission. it's
a theftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeable to rem(we yourkeywhen the
ignition is turnedto LOCK.
Off: Thispositionlets you turn off theenginebutstill turnthesteeringwheel.
vehicle in motionwhile theengine is off (for
Use Off if youmusthaveyour
example, if yourvehicleisbeingpushed).
1
Run: Thisisthepositionfordriving.
Start: Thisstartsyourengine.
'a
I
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekeyto
LOCK willlock
loss of ability to steerthe
thesteeringcolumnandresultina
vehicle.This could causeacollision. If youneed to turntheengine
off whilethevehicleismoving,turnthekeyonlyto
OFF. Don'tmove
is moving.
thekeyreleaseleverwhilethevehicle
NOTICE
2-1 2
I
Key Release Lever
I
KO495
Theignitionkeycannotberemovedfromtheignition
vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaseleverisused.
A
of manualtransmission
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles, if youneedtoturntheengine
off
whilethevehicleismoving,
do notpressthekeyreleaselever,turn
Off. Turningthekey to LOCK will lockthesteering
thekeyonlyto
loss of ability to steer
the
vehicle.
column
and
result
in
I
To Remove the Key
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turnthekeytothe
LOCK positionwhile
pressingthekeyreleaseleverdown.Keepingyourfingeronthelever,pull
thekeystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekeyto
out.
2-1 3
LOCK andpull it straight
I
I
Features & Controls
kmrting Your Engine
Enginesstartdifferently.The8thdigit
ofyourVehicleIdentificationNumber
(VIN)showsthecodeletterornumberforyourengine.
You will find the VIN
atthetopleft ofyourinstrumentpanel.(See“VehicleIdentificationNumber”
intheIndex.)Followtheproperstepstostarttheengine.
To Start Your 5.7 Liter (Code K) engine
or 7.4 Liter (Code N) engine:
1. AutomaticTransmission
Moveyourshiftleverto
P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your engine won’t start
in anyotherposition-that’s
asafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
I
NOTICE
Don’t try to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is moving.
our could damaa
If youdo,
is
p~&w$gp!
you^^^^
P . icle
stormed
ManualTransmission
Shiftyourgearselectortoneutralandholdtheclutchpedaltothe
floor
whilestartingtheengine, Your vehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedalis
not all the waydown-that’s asafetyfeature.
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine.
other vehicles you might need to do this, but because
computersystems,youdon’t.
In some
ofyourvehicle’s
3. Turnyourignitionkeyto
Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo
key.Theidlespeedwillgodownasyourenginegetswarm.
of the
7.4L Engine Cold Start: In cold weather,below 60°F (16°C)’ startthe
enginethesamewaybutpushtheacceleratorpedalone-quarterofthe
waydownandholditthereforabout
2 secondsaftertheenginestarts.
Holding your key in Start for ‘longer than 15 seconds at a time
your battery to be drained much sooner. And the excessive he
damage your starter motor.
4. If it doesn’tstartrightaway,holdyourkeyin
will cause
Start. If itdoesn’tstartin
three seconds, push the accelerator pedal about one-quarter
of the way
or until it starts.
downfor12moreseconds,
2-1 4
5. If yourenginestillwon’tstart
(or startsbutthenstops),
Try this:
floodedwithtoomuchgasoline.
it could be
cool down.Thenpushyour
Wait 15 secondstoletthestartermotor
hold the
acceleratorpedalallthewaytothefloor.Holditthere.Then,
key in Start for nomorethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra
gasolinefromtheengine. If theenginestilldoesn’tstart,waitanother
15 seconds and do Step 5 again.
Hot EngineRestart, 5.7L and 7.4L Engines(VehiclesOver 8500 GVWR): If
yourengineisalreadyhotandthenstalls,turnyourignitionkeyto
Off. Then,
turnyourkey to Run, andwaitabout 20 secondsbeforeyourestartyour
engine.
Whentheenginestarts,letgoofthekeyandacceleratorpedal.
I NOTICE
rn
rn
1
four engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle.
If you
1 electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the fuel
tctionsystemoperates.Beforeaddingelectricalequipment,checkwith
h r dealer. If you don’t,yourenginemightnotperformproperly.
you ever have to have your vehicletowed,seethepartofthis
:hat tells how to do it without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Jehicle” in the Index.
I
Manl,
Your
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
f you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water, water can
:me in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine. If
IOU can’t avoid deen ouddles or standino water, drive through very slowly.
-
2-1 5
I
Features & Controls
Engine BIock Heater (Option)
I
i
K2214
In very cold weather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theengineblockheatercanhelp.
You’llgeteasier starting andbetterfueleconomyduringenginewarm-up.
To use the block heater:
1. Turn off theengine.
2. Openthe hood andunwraptheelectricalcord.
3. Plug it into a normal,grounded 110-volt outlet.
1
Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet muld cause an electrical
L shock, Also, the wrongkind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the cord into a properly
grounded threeprong 110-volt outlet. If the cord won’t reach, use a
heavy-duty threepmng extension cord rated for at least 15 amps.
I
NOTICE
teryou’veusedthe
block heater, be sure to store the cord in the
If you
nanner it was, to help keep it awayfrommovingengineparts.
lon’t, it could be tom and damaged.
2-1 6
I
How long should you keeptheblockheater
plugged in? The answer depends
on theweather, the kind of oil youhave,and some otherthings.Instead of
trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact a GeneralMotors
dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your vehicle. The dealer can give
you the best advice for that particular area.
Automatic 7Pansmission
K2362
There are several different positions
for yourgearlever.
P (Park)
This locks yourrearwheels. It’s thebestposition
enainebecause your vehiclecan’tmoveeasily.
2-1 7
to use when you startyour
-
It is dangerous to getout of yourvehicle if theshiftlever
is notfully
in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set.
Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have
to, If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move
To be sure yourvehicle
suddenly. You or others could be injured.
won’t move, wh’en you’re on fairly level ground, always set your
parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park).
If you have four-wheel drive, your vehicle will
be free to roll-even if
your shift lever is in P (Park)-if your transfer case is in
N (Neutral).
So,besurethetransfercase
is in a drive gear-not N (Neutral).
4
See “ShiftingIntoPark” in the Index. If youareparkingonahill,or
if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Parking on
Hills’’ or ‘Towinga
Trailer” in theIndex.
R (Reverse)
Use this gear to backup.
I NOTICE
I!
Shifting to R (Reverse)while your vehicle is moving forward could damage
jour transmission.Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle
is stopped.
To rockyourvehiclebackandforth
to getout of snow, iceorsandwithout
damagingyourtransmission,see“IfYou’reStuck:
In Sand,Mud, Ice or
Snow”intheIndex.
N (Neutral)
In thissetting,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels.
To restartwhen
you’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N whenyourvehicle is
being towed.
I CAUTION
I
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral)whileyourengine is “racing”
(run’ning at high speed) is dangerous.Unlessyour foot is firmly on
the brake pedal, your vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose
control and hit people or objects. Don’t shift out of P (Park) or N
(Neutral) while your engine is racing.
2-1 8
NOTICE
Damage to yourtransmissioncaused by shifting out of P (Park) or N
{Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t covered
by yourwarranty.
OD (AutomaticOverdrive)
Thisposition is fornormaldriving.
If youneedmorepowerforpassing,and
vou’re:
- Going less thanabout 35 mph (56 km/h),push your accelerator
pedalabouthalfwaydown
- Goingabout 35 mph (56 km/h)ormore,pushtheaccelerator
all the
way down
You’ll shiftdowntothenextgearandhavemorepower.
OD should not be used whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,driving
D (thirdgear) when operatingthe
onsteep hills, orforoff-roaddriving.Select
vehicleunderany ofthese conditions.
D (Third Gear)
Thisislike OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive.
You shoulduse D when
towingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,driving
onsteephills,orforoff-road
driving.
2 (SecondGear)
Thispositiongivesyoumorepowerbutlowerfueleconomy.
You canuse 2
onhills.Itcanhelpcontrol
yourspeed as yougodownsteepmountain
to useyourbrakes off and on.
roads, butthenyouwouldalsowant
If youmanuallyselect 2, thetransmission will drive in secondgear.Youmay
use this feature for reducing torque
to therearwheelswhenyouaretryingto
start yourvehiclefromastoponslipperyroadsurfaces.
1 (FirstGear)
Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower
(but lower fuel economy)than 2.
You canuse it onverysteephills,or
in deepsnowormud.
If the selector
is
lever is put in 1, the transmission won’t shift into firstgearuntilthevehicle
going ‘slowly enough.
2-1 9
1
..-.
I lf
your rear wheels can’trotate,don’ttryto
drive, This might happen if
p u were stuck in very deep sand or mud orwere up against a solid
could
damage
-‘-’ect.
You
transmission.
your
*?isgi%
so, if you stopwhengoinguphill,
don’t holdyourvehiclethere
wi onl,
:heaccelerator pedal. This couldoverheatanddamagethetransmission.
Jse your brakes or shiftto P (?k) to hold your vehicle in position on a
?ill.
:,e%-=
FivemSpeed Manual 7Pansmission
I
2-20
Thisisyourshiftpattern.Here’show
- .-.
’
..
to operateyourtransmission:
r
:-
K2386
1 (FirstGear)-Presstheclutchpedalandshiftinto
1. Then,slowlylet
up on theclutchpedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
20 mph (32 km/h). If
Youcan shiftinto 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan
you’vecometoacompletestopandit’shardtoshiftinto
1, putthe
shiftleverinNeutralandletupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal
backdown. Thenshiftinto 1.
2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe
acceleratorpedalandshiftinto2.Then,slowlyletupontheclutchpedal
asyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto
3, 4 and 5 the
samewayyou do for2.Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress
the accelerator pedal.
To Stop -Letup on theacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.Just
beforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrakepedal,and
shift to Neutral.
N (Neutral)-Use
this positionwhenyoustartoridleyourengine.
R (Reverse)-Tobackup,presstheclutch
pedalandshiftinto
theclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal.
2-21
R. Letup on
R (Reverse) only after your vehicle is stopped. Shiftingto R
?verse) while your vehicle is moving could damage yourtransmisslor
Shift
.- to
:I
Also. useReverse.alonawiththeDarkinabrake.foroarkinavourvehic.,
Shift Light
1
K2317
If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea
SHIFT light.Thislightwill
showyouwhentoshifttothenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy.
if weather,
Whenthislightcomeson,youcanshifttothenexthighergear
For thebestfueleconomy,accelerate
roadandtrafficconditionsletyou.
slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.
is normalforthelighttogoonandoff
if youquickly
Whileyouaccelerate,it
SHIFT lightwhenyou
changetheposition of theaccelerator.Ignorethe
downshift.
Four-wheel DriveVehicles Only: Ifyourvehiclehasfour-wheeldriveandis
equippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe
transfercaseisin 4 LOW.
Locking Rear Axle
If youhavethisfeature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon
snow,mudice,sandorgravel.Itworkslikeastandardaxlemostofthe
time,butwhenone of therearwheelshasnotractionandtheotherone
does,thelockingfeaturewillallowthewheelwithtractiontomovethe
vehicle.
2-22
Parking Brake
c
K2221
To set the parkingbrake:
Holdtheregularbrakepedaldownwithyourrightfoot.Pushdownthe
parkingbrakepedal withyour leftfoot. If theignitionison,thebrakesystem
warninglightwillcomeon.
To release the parkingbrake:
Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthelevermarked
RELEASE.
If youareonahill:
See “ParkingonHills’’ in theIndex.That
wheels.
part showshow to turn your front
If you are towinga trailer and are parkingonanyhill:
See “Towinga Trailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhat
the trailer from moving.
2-23
to do firsttokeep
Features & Controls
Torque Lock
Theparkingbrakeshouldbesetfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat.
If
youareparkedonahillandthetransmission
is placed in P (Park)before
theparkingbrakeisset,theweight
of thevehicle may puttoomuchforce
on theparkingpawl in thetransmission.Itmaybedifficult
to pull the selector
lever out of P (Park).This is called“torquelock.” To preventthis,theparking
P (Park).
brakeshouldbeset BEFORE movingtheselectorleverto
Whenpreparing to movethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbemovedout
of P (Park) BEFORE releasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst,
thenreleasethetransmissionfrom P (Park),even on level surfaces.
If “torque lock” doesoccur,youmayhave
to haveanothervehiclenudge
your vehicle uphill a little to take some of the pressure off the transmission
P (Park).
whileyou pull theselectorleveroutof
Shifting lnto P (Park) (Automatic Transmission Models Only)
A
It canbedangerous to getoutofyourvehicle
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
roll.
if theshiftleverisnot
Your vehiclecan
I
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
Youorothers couldbeinjured. To besureyourvehiclewon’tmove,
whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
If youhavefour-wheeldrive,andyourtransfercase
is in N (Neutral),
your vehicle will befree to roll-even if yourshiftleverisin
P
(Park). So, besure the transfercase is in adrive gear-not in N
(Neutral).
I
If you are parking onahill,
“Parking
Hills”
on
“Towing
or
a
or if you’re pulling atrailer,alsosee
Trailer” inIndex.
the
2-24
I
I
Steering Column Shift Lever
1. Hold the brake pedal downwithyourright
foot and set the parking
brake.
2. Movetheshiftlever
into the P (Park)positionlikethis:
Pullthelevertowardyou.
K2316
as farasitwill
go.
3. If youhavefour-wheeldrive,be
sure thetransfercase is in a drive
gear-not in N (Neutral).
4. Move the ignitionkey to LOCK.
5. Removethekeyandtake
it withyou. If you can walkawayfromyour
P (Park).
vehiclewiththeignitionkey
in yourhand,yourvehicleisin
Movetheleverup
2-25
Features & Controls
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running (Automatic
Transmission Models Only)
A
It canbedangerous to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning.
h Your vehicle could movesuddenly if the shift lever is notfully in
P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
andyourtransfercase is in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewill be free to
roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So besure thetransfer
caseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
I
And, if youleavethevehiclewiththeenginerunning,
it could
overheatandevencatchfire.
Youorothers couldbeinjured.Don’t
leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhaveto.
If you have toleaveyourvehiclewiththeenglnerunnmg,
vehicleis in P (Park)andyourparkingbrake
it.
De sureyour
is firmly set, beforeyouleave
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,
thatthetransfercase is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
besure
P (Park)position,hold the regular
Afteryou’vemovedtheshiftleverintothe
see if youcanmovetheshiftleverawayfrom
brakepedaldown.Then,
P (Park)withoutfirstpulling it towardyou.
If youcan,itmeansthattheshiftleverwasn’tfullylockedinto
P (Park).
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission Models Only)
Before you getoutofyourvehicle,putyourmanualtransmission
in
R (Reverse)andfirmlyapplytheparking
brake.
If you have four-wheel drive, be sureyourtransfercase
Your vehiclecould roll if it isn’t.
If youareparkingon a hill,or if yourvehicleisequipped
see“Towinga Trailer” or “ParkingonHills” in theIndex.
2-26
is in a drive gear.
to towatrailer,
Parking Over Things That Burn
8
..'..
L.'
.
AM220009
* Thingsthatcanburncouldtouchhotexhaustpartsunder
vehicle and ignite. Don't park over papers, leaves, dry grass
I
things
4
that
2-27
your
or other
I
Features & Controls
Engine Exhaust
II
Engineexhaustcankill.
It containsthegascarbonmonoxide
which you can’tsee or smell. It cancauseunconsciousness
death.
You might haveexhaustcoming
(CO),
and
in if:
strange or different.
Yourvehicle gets rustyunderneath.
* Your vehiclewasdamaged in a collision.
0
Yourexhaustsystemsounds
Yourvehiclewasdamagedwhendriving
roadoroverroaddebris.
over highpoints on the
m
Repairsweren’tdonecorrectly.
e
Your vehicle or exhaustsystem had beenmodifiedimproperly.
If you ever suspectexhaust is comingintoyourvehicle:
0
Drive it onlywith all the windowsdown to blow out any CO;
and
I
* Have it fixed immediately.
2-28
Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic rnansrnission)
It’s betternot to parkwith the enginerunning. But if you everhave to, here
are some thingsto know.
I
CAUTION
I
A Idlingtheenginewiththeairsystemcontrol
A dangerous exhaust into your vehicle.
off could allow
(See the earlier Caution under
“EngineExhaust”.)
Also, idling in a closed-inplacecan let deadlycarbonmonoxide (CO)
into yourvehicleeven if the fanswitch is atthehighestsetting.
One
place this can happen is a garage.Exhaust-with
C h a n comein
easily. NEVER park in a garagewiththeenginerunning.
Anotherclosed-in place can be a blizzard, {See “Blizzard”in the
Index.)
It can be dangerous to get out of yourvehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engine is running unless youhave
to. If you’ve left theenginerunning,thevehicle
can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move,
even when you’re on fairly level ground, always set your parking
brake and move the shift lever to P (Park).
If youhavefour-wheel
drive, and you’re transfer case is in N (Neutral),
your vehicle will be free to roll,even if your shift lever is in P (Park).
So, be’ sure the transfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral).
Follow the proper steps to be sure -your vehicle won? move. See
“Shifting Into Park” in the tndex.
If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see
“Parkingon Hills” or “Trailer Towing” in the Index.
2-29
\
It canbedangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the shift lever is nut
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
If youhave
four-wheeldrive,alsobesurethetransfercaseis
in adrivegear.
Your vehiclecanroll. If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehicle
or otherscouldbeinjured. To be sureyour
canmovesuddenly.You
vehicle won’tmove,follow thesteps below.Ifyou areparking ona
onHills’’ or “Trailer
hill, or if you’repullingatrailer,see“Parking
Towing” in theIndex.
If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive,youcansendyourengine’sdrivingpower
to all four wheels for extra traction. To get the most satisfaction out
of
four-wheeldrive, you mustbefamiliarwithitsoperation.Read
the pan that
followsbeforeusingfour-wheeldrive. You should use 2H for mostnormal
drivingconditions.
Driving in the 4H or 4L positions for a long time on dry or wet pavement
could shorten the life ofyourvehicle’sdrivetrain.
Transfer Case
2-30
I
The transfer case shift lever is on the floor
to theright of thedriver.Usethis
lever to shift into and out of four-wheel drive. An indicatorneart9elever
showsyou the transfer case settings:
4L
O N
2H
4H
Thefrontaxleportion of theindicatordiagramwilllightupwhenyoushiftinto
four-wheeldrive.Aslightdelaybetweenshiftingandtheindicator’slighting
normal.If the indicatordoesnotlight up,or if thefrontaxlelightdoesnot
out after you shift out of four-wheel drive, have your dealer check your
system.
is
go
Whenyour headlights or parkinglightsare on, rotatethe dial to theright of
yourheadlightswitch to adjustthebrightness ofyourtransfercaseindicator
light.Rotatethedial up to brighten, ordown to dim, theindicatorlight.
Transfer Case Shift Positions
2H (High):Thissetting is for drivingin most streetandhighwaysituations.
Your frontaxle is notengaged in two-wheeldrive.
4H (High): This settingengagesyourfrontaxle
to helpdriveyourvehicle.
as onwetoricyroads,orin
Use 4H whenyouneedextratraction,such
most off-road situations.
2-31
Features & Contmls
N (Neutral): Shift to this settingonlywhenyourvehicleneeds
off.
whenusingapowertake
to be towed or
4L (Low): This setting also engages your front
axle to give you extra traction,
but should be used only for off-road
oronextremelyslipperysurfaces.
You canshiftfrom 2H to 4H or from 4H to 2H whilethevehicle is moving.
off of the accelerator
Your front axle will engage faster if you take your foot
for a fewsecondsafteryoushift.
In extremely cold weather it maybe
necessary to stop or slow the vehicle
to shift out of 2H.
To shift into or out of 4L or N (Neutral):
1. Slowthevehicle to a roll,about 3 mph (5 km/h)andshiftyour
transmissionintoneutral.
2. Shiftthetransfercaseshiftlever
in onecontinuousmotion.
Don’tpause in N (Neutral)asyoushiftthetransfercaseinto
gearscouldclash.
4L, or your
Remember thatdrivingin 4H or 4L mayreduce fuel economy. Also, driving in
four-wheel drive on dry pavement could cause your tires to wear faster and
makeyourtransfercaseharder
to shift.
Front Axle Locking Feature
The front axle locks and unlocks automatically when you shift the transfer
case. A slight delayfortheaxle to lockorunlock is normal. If the outside
temperature is veryhot,or thevehiclehasbeenused
under harddriving
conditions, there may be a slight delay for the
axle to unlock.
2-32
K2364
To openyourmanualwindows,
lower your side door windows.
turn thehandcrankoneachdoor
If youhavetheoptionalpowerwindows,thecontrolsareoneach
doors.
Thedriver'sdoorhasaswitchforthepassengerwindows
powerwindowswillworkwhentheignitionhasbeenturned
to raiseor
of theside
aswell.Your
to ACC or Run.
Pushtherear
window.
of theswitchwiththepowerwindowsymbolon
it tolowerthe
Pushthefront
window.
of theswitchwiththepowerwindowsymbolon
it to raisethe
2-33
Electric Tailgate Glass Release
PO271
Beforeoperatingyourelectrictailgateglassrelease,seethecautionunder
Doors" inthissection.
"Tailgate,TailgateGlassandRear
Theelectrichatchreleasebutton,locatedbelowtheheadlightswitch,letsyou
releasethetailgateglass. To useit,slidethebuttontotherightuntilyou
hearthelatchreleasethewindow.
If youhaveanautomatictransmission,yourshiftlevermustbe
in P (Park)or
N (Neutral)fortherelease to work.Withamanualtransmission,youmust
apply the parking brake for the release
to work.
2-34
K2319
To soundthehorn,pressthepadwiththehornsymbolonit.Thepadis
located in the center of the steering wheel.
Tilt Wheel (Option)
K2185
A tiltsteeringwheel
allows you to adjustthesteeringwheelbeforeyoudrive.
You can also raise it to thehighest level to giveyourlegsmoreroomwhen
you exit and enter the vehicle.
2-35
Features & Contuvls
To tilt the wheel, holdthesteeringwheeland pull the lever.Move the
lock thewheel
steeringwheel to a comfortablelevel,thenreleasetheleverto
in place.
Multifunction Lever
K2239
of thesteeringcolumnincludes
TurnSignalandLaneChangeIndicator
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam & PassingSignal
WindshieldWipers
The lever on the left side
WindshieldWasher
CruiseControl(Option)
236
your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change indicator
. .
1
. "
I
...
..,.".
K2240
Theturnsignalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(forLeft)
positions.Thesepositionsallowyou to signala turn oralanechange.
To signal a turn,movetheleveralltheway
finished,theleverwillreturnautomatically.
A greenarrowontheinstrumentpanelwillflash
or lanechange.
up ordown.When
theturnis
in thedirection of theturn
To signalalanechange,justraise
or lowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow
starts to flash. Hold itthere until youcompleteyourlanechange.Thelever
willreturn by itselfwhenyoureleaseit.
As yousignala turn or alanechange, if thearrowsflashtwiceasfastas
normal,asignalbulbmaybeburnedoutandotherdriverswon'tseeyour
turnsignal.
If abulb is burnedout,replace it tohelpavoidanaccident.
arrowsdon'tgoonatallwhenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse
"Fuses" in the Index)andforburned-outbulbs.
If thegreen
(see
Operation of Lights
Althoughyourvehicle'slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,
fog lamps,
sidemarker lights andtaillights)meetallapplicablefederallighting
requirements,certainstatesandprovincesmayapplytheirownlighting
regulations that mayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights.
Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower
2-37
Features & Contmls
beamlightswith fog lamps at all times, or thatheadlights be turned on
wheneveryoumust use yourwindshieldwipers. In addition, most jurisdictions
at dawn or dusk. It is
prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especially
recommended that you check with your own state or provincial highway
authorityforapplicablelightingregulations.
Head/ight Hiah-Low Beam
F
p
.. .
h*'
.-
K2242
To changetheheadlightsfrom low beamtohigh or highto low, pulltheturn
signalleverallthewaytowardyou.Thenrelease
it. Whenthehighbeams
also willbe on.
areon,thisbluelightontheinstrumentpanel
2-38
Windshield Wipers
K2244
You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with
onit.
the wipersymbol
For asinglewipingcycle, turn theband to MIST. Hold it thereuntilthe
wipersstart,then let go.Thewiperswillstopafteronecycle.Ifyouwant
morecycles, hold thebandon MIST longer.
You cansetthewiperspeedforalongorshortdelaybetweenwipes.This
canbeveryuseful in lightrain or snow.Turn thebandtochoosethedelay
time.Thecloser to LO, the shorter the delay.
Forsteadywipingatlowspeed,turnthebandawayfromyou
to the LO
position. For highspeedwiping,turn the bandfurther, to HI. To stopthe
off symbol.
wipers,movethebandtothe
A
Damagedwiperbladesmaypreventyoufromseeingwellenough
to
drivesafely. To avoiddamage,besure to cleariceandsnowfrom
If they’refrozen to the
thewiperbladesbeforeusingthem.
windshield,carefullyloosen or thawthem. If your blades do become
damagedgetnewblades or bladeinserts.
A circuitbreakerwillstopthem
Heavysnoworicecanoverloadyourwipers.
or ice to preventanoverload.
untilthemotorcools.Clearawaysnow
2-39
Features & Controls
Windshield Washer
K2246
At thetopofthemultifunctionleverthere’sapaddlewiththeword
it. To spraywasher fluidonthewindshield,pushthepaddle.
Thewiperswillclearthewindowandtheneither
speed.
PUSH on
stop or return to your preset
CAUTION
A
-
fluid can be dangerous. A bad mud
splashcan block yourvision. You could hitanothervehicleorgo
off the road. Check your washer
fluid level often.
9
I
I
* Driving
without
washer
In freezingweather,don’tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshield
can formice on the
warmed.Otherwisethewasherfluid
windshield,
blocking
vision.
your
2-40
i‘s
I NOTICE
Cruise Control (Option)
K2247
WithCruiseControl,youcanmaintainaspeed
of about 25 mph (40 km/h)
ormorewithoutkeepingyourfootontheaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelp
25 mph
onlongtrips.CruiseControldoesnotworkatspeedsbelowabout
(40 krn/h).
Whenyouapplyyourbrakes,ortheclutchpedal,
off.
transmission,theCruiseControlshuts
2-41
if youhaveamanual
CAUTION
I
I
A
CruiseControlcanbedangerouswhereyoucan’tdrivesafelyat
a steadyspeed. So, don’tuseyourCruiseControlonwinding
roads or inheavytraffic.
CruiseControlcan bedangerousonslipperyroads.Onsuch
roads,fastchanges in tire traction can cause needless wheel
use CruiseControl
spinning,andyoucouldlosecontrol.Don’t
onslipPeryroads.
To Set Cruise Control
A
K2248
MovetheCruiseswitchto
ON.
I CAUTION
A
I
If you leave your Cruise Control switch on when you’re not using
Cruise, you might hit a button and go into Cruise when you don’t
want to. You could be startled and even l o s e control. Keep the
Cruise Control switch OFF until vou want to use it.
Getuptothespeedyouwant.
Pushinthesetbuttonattheendoftheleverandreleaseit.
Takeyourfoot
off theacceleratorpedal.
2-42
I
I
To Resume a Set Speed
Suppose you set your Cruise Control at a desired speed and then you apply
off theCruise Control. But youdon’tneed
thebrake.This,ofcourse,shuts
to reset it. Onceyou’regoingabout 25 mph (40 kmlh) or more,youcan
move the Cruise Control switch from ON to WA forabouthalfasecond.
K2249
A
I
If you holdtheswitch at WA longerthanhalfasecond,thevehicle
willkeepgoingfaster until you release the switch orapplythebrake.
You could be startledandevenlosecontrol.
So unlessyou want to
gofaster,don’t hold theswitchat WA .
To increase Speed While Using Cruise Control
Thereare two waystogo to ahigherspeed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Usetheacceleratorpedal
to get to thehigherspeed.
2. Pushthebuttonat the end of the lever, thenreleasethebuttonandthe
accelerator pedal.
You’ll nowcruiseatthehigherspeed.
2-43
Features & Controls
i
K2207
Here's the Second Way to go to a higher speed:
1. Move the Cruiseswitchfrom ON to WA. Hold it thereuntilyougetup
to thespeedyouwant,andthenreleasetheswitch.
in very smallamounts,movetheswitch
to WA
for less thanthreequarters of a secondandthenrelease
it. Each time
you do this, your vehiclewill goabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h)faster.
2. To increaseyourspeed
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
i
b
K2260
1. Push in thebuttonattheend
of theleveruntilyoureachthelower
speed you want, thenrelease it.
2-44
2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebutton
for lessthanhalf
go about 1 mph (1.6 kmlh)
a second.Eachtimeyoudothis,you'll
slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Usetheacceleratorpedal to increaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyour
off thepedal,yourvehiclewillslowdowntotheCruiseControlspeedyouset
earlier.
foot
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How wellyourCruiseControlwillwork
on hillsdependsuponyourspeed,
load,andthesteepnessofthehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay
havetostepontheacceleratorpedal
to maintainyourspeed.Whengoing
downhill,youmayhave
to brakeorshift to a lowergeartokeepyourspeed
down.Ofcourse, applyingthebraketakesyouout
of CruiseControl.Many
drivers find this to be too muchtroubleand don't useCruiseControl on
steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
Thereareseveralways to turn off theCruiseControl:
.Y
.
.
1. Steplightly on thebrakepedalorpushtheclutchpedal,ifyouhave
manualtransmission; OR
2. MovetheCruiseswitch
to OFF.
Whenyouturn off the Cruise Control or the ignition, your Cruise Control set
speedmemoryiserased.
2-45
a
Features & Controls
Headlights and Vehicle Lighting
Your light switches are on the left side
of your instrument panel.
!
K2250
Pushtheleftside
on:
of theswitchwiththeparkinglights
symbol onit to turn
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
RoofMarkerLights(ifyouhavethem)
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorLight
Pushtheleftside of theswitchwiththemasterlightingsymbolonit
on theheadlights,togetherwith:
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
RoofMarkerLights
(if you havethem)
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorLight
2-46
to turn
Push the right side of
lights.
the switch with the 0 symbolon it to turn off your
Turn the dial at the right of the headlight switch to adjust interior lights.
Turningthe dial allthewayupturnsontheinteriorlights.
to highbypullingthe
You canswitchyourheadlightsfromlowbeam
multifunctionlevertowardyou. To returntheheadlightsto low beam,pullthe
lever again.
A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlightsfromelectricaloverload.
If youhave
an electricaloverload,yourheadlightswillflicker
onand off. If thisever
happens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway.
Headlights-On Reminder
A buzzerwillsoundwhenyourheadlightsareturned
in Off, LOCK or Acc.
on andyourignitionis
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
K2318
If yourvehiclewasfirst
ontheinstrumentpanel.
on.
sold, whennew, in Canada,youwillhavethislight
It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only)
TheCanadianFederalGovernmenthasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning
Lights” (DRL) are a usefulfeature,inthatDRLcanmakeyourvehiclemore
DRLare
visible to pedestriansandotherdriversduringdaylighthours.
required on newvehicles sold in Canada.
2-47
Features & Controls
ThehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonatreducedbrightnessinDaylight
when:
Theignition is on
Theheadlightswitchis
Theparkingbrake
off, and
is released
Whenyou turn onyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch
off andtheexterior
off theheadlights,theexteriorlightswillgo
lightscomeon.Whenyouturn
will changetothereducedbrightness
of DRLagain.
outandthehighbeams
TheDRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL
DRL areon.Whenyouturnonyour
are on. Thislightmeansthatonlythe
Of course,youmaystillturnon
the
exteriorlights,thislightwillgoout.
headlightsanytimeyouneedto.
off, settheparkingbrake.TheDRL
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL
stay off untilyoureleasetheparkingbrake.
will
Dome Lights
Thedomelights will come on whenyouopenthedoorsortailgate.You
can
also turn the dome lights onbyturning the interiorlightdimmerdialonthe
headlightswitch all theway up untilitclicks.
K2360
You canusethedomelampswitch,locatedbelowtheheadlightswitch,to
set
the dome lamps to come on automatically or remain off. To turn the lights off,
justpresstheside of theswitchmarked OFF. To returnthelights to
AUTO.
automaticoperation,pressthesidemarked
2-48
Reading Lights
I
K2252
If youhavereadinglights,pressthebarnext
Pressthebaragain to turn the light off.
to the lightto turn thelight on.
K2161
If yourvehiclehasanoverheadconsolewithreadinglights,theycanbe
swiveledtopoint in the direction you want. To turn the light on, pressthe
button next to the lightwiththemaster lighting symbolonit.Press the button
again to turn the light off.
2-49
Underhood Reel Lighf
I
IL
Youmayhave anunderhoodreellight.
It isinsidetheenginecompartment
onthepassengersidefender.
Youcanuse it asaflashlight.
To usethelight, pull upon thereleaseleverandpullthelightout.The
willunreel as you pull thelight.
cord
K2253
Whenyouaredone
using thelight,reelthe
cord back intothehousing by
turningthehandle.Then,slidethelightintothe
holder.Press PUSH onthe
release lever to lock the light into theholder.
2-50
Mirrors
I
K2256
inside Mirror
Pushor pull thetabunderthemirrortoreduceglarefromheadlightsbehind
you after dark.
Outside Mirrors
K2295
Adjust your outside mirrors so you can just see the sideofyourvehicle,and
be foldedinto
have a clear view of objects behind you. Some mirrors can
enter narrow doorways.
2-51
Features & Controls
Convex Outside Mirror
Your rightsidemirror maybeconvex. A convexmirror’s surface is curved so
you can see morefromthedriver’s seat.
~
~ r n
~~
1 CAUTION
If you aren’t used to a convex mirror, youcan hit another vehicle. A
convexmirror can make things (like other vehicles) look farther away
thanthey really are. If you cut too sharply into theright lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your inside mirror or glance
ov0r your shoulder before chanaine lanes.
-
Electric Outside Mirrors
m
I
If youhaveelectricmirrors,theycanbeadjustedtopointwhereyouwant
of theswitch,
frominsidethevehicle.Selectthemirrorbymovingthecenter
to R rightor L left.Then,adjustthe
locatedonthedriver’sdoorarmrest,
mirrorangle by pressingtheouterarrowsontheswitchuntilthemirroris
adjustedwhereyouwantit.
2-52
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down thevisors. You can also swing them
out to help block glarefromtheside.
..
.
%.>
’_
- ..~
=,?
~.
:
,
~
K2465
Your visormayhaveastrap
havemirrors onthem.
to holdsmallitems,such
as maps.Somevisors
~
i
PO284
Somevisorshaveanextenderontheinsideedge.Whenthevisor
pull the extender out for extra glare coverage at the front
orside.
Somevisorshavemirrorswithlights.Themirrorlightswillcome
lift the mirror cover.
2-53
is down,
on whenyou
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
I
K21:
Therearwindowwipedwasherswitch
of the steering wheel.
is on yourinstrumentpanel, to theright
on, slidethelever to thelever to theright.
For delay wiping, slide the lever under
DELAY to the center of the rear wiper
control. The wiper willcycleeverynineseconds.
To turnthewiper
For steady wiper action, move the slide lever all the way
to the right.
To washthewindow,push
in ontheend of thelever.Windowwasher
fluid willcontinue to sprayuntiltheleverisreleased.
Therearwindowwasherusesthesamefluidbottle
as thewindshieldwasher.
If the fluid level is low in thewasherfluidbottle,you
may notbeable to
wash your rearwindow. If youcanwashyourwindshield,butnotyourrear
window,checkthe fluid level.
2-54
Cigarette Lighter/Ashtras
PO286
To usethelighter,pushit
popbackbyitself.
in all the way,and let go. Whenit’sready,
itwill
To removetherearashtrays,pressdownontheinsidetabsandpull.
If you do,
Don’tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtrays.
cigarettesorothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfire,causingdamage.
Storage Compartments
Your vehicle has a variety
convenience.
of storagecompartmentsprovidedforyour
2-55
Glove Box
To openyourglovebox,pressthebuttondownandpullthedooropen.
Two cupholders are provided for yourconvenience.
Center Floor Console
Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats.
To
openit,justsqueezethebuttonsonbothsides
of thekeyhole,andpull
up.
Useyourroundkeytolockthiscompartment.
Your console also includesa
handyplacetoholdcups.
2-56
1
PO1 92
Your console also has a cupholderthatslidesout,forthe
passengers to use.
back seat
PB002
If yourvehiclehas a fullorsplitbenchseat,youmayhave
attachedtotheinstrumentpanel.
a cupholder
To use thecupholder,pullthehandleandslidethecupholdertrayoutuntil
To closethecup
it stops.Then,letthecupholderswingdownintoposition.
all thewayin.
holder,liftthefrontandslidethetray
2-57
Center Overhead Console
If you haveagaragedooropener,thefrontoverheadcompartmentcanbe
used to convenientlystoretheopener. To install thegarage door opener,first
open thecompartment door by pressingthereleasebutton forward.
it firmlyto
Peel the protective backing from thehookandlooppatch.Press
the back of yourgaragedooropener, as close to the center of the opener
as possible.
2-58
4
L
Center the garagedooropeneractivation
and press the openerfirmly into place.
button overtheconsoledoorbutton,
r0059
Use thepegsinsidethecompartment
door to make sure the button on the
door opener.
compartmentdoorwillcontact the control button on the garage
Add onepegatatime
until thegaragedooropeneroperateswiththe
compartmentdoorclosed,when you pushthe button marked PUSH.
2-59
PO223
Thecenteroverheadcompartmentcanbeusedtoconvenientlystoreyour
sunglasses. To openthecompartment,pressthereleasebuttonlocatedatthe
rear of thecompartmentdoor.
K2147
Therearoverheadcompartmentcanbeused
to store a smallitem,likea
book. To openthecompartment,pressthereleasebuttonlocatedattherear
of thecompartment door.
2-60
Other Storage Compartments
K2238
Somevehicleshavestorageareas
in theinstrumentpanel.Usethesespaces
for itemssuchasgloves or small books.
K2269
Some modelshaveastoragepocketoneach
of the frontdoors. You can
usethepocket to store a variety of small items.
2-61
Features & Controls
-iif
i
K2320
2-62
L
0
L
0
5
v)
&
0,
W
rc
a
n
3k
W
3
0
U
X
E
c
0
rn
0
"if
3
z
L
W
€3
*
43
L
a
>
W
K2203
2-63
Features & Cuntmls
c
D
0
e
0
CD
0
fn
I
i
\
0
3
c
K2119
2-64
4
0
a0
A
i.
0
c
-.
J
E
L
K211B
2-65
Featurns & Cuntmls
lnsfrument Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to letyouknowataglancehowyour.
how fastyou'regoing,abouthowmuchfuel
vehicleisrunning.You'llknow
to drivesafelyand
youhave, and manyotherthingsyou'llneedtoknow
economically.
Tachometer Cluster
If youhavethetachometercluster,
it looks slightly different but will
tell you
everythingthestandardclusterdoes,
in addition to displayingthevehicles
enginerevolutionsperminute(rpm).
Speedometer and Odometer
..
I
K2322
Yourspeedometer letsyouseeyourspeed
in bothmilesperhour(mph)and
has
kilometers per hour (km/h). Yourodometershowshowfaryourvehicle
beendriven, in eithermiles(usedinthe
U.S.) orkilometers(usedin
Canada).
Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your odometer is tamper-resistant, The odometer will show silver lines
between the numbers if someone tries to turn it back.
Youmaywonderwhathappensifyourvehicleneedsanewodometer
to the mileage total of the old odometer,
installed. If the new one can be set
tien it mustbe.But if it can't,thenit'ssetatzero,andalabelmustbeput
onthedriver's door to show the old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer
was installed.
2-66
Trip Odometer
Thetripodometer can tellyouhowfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince
zero.
youlastsetthetripodometerto
To resetthe trip odometer, fully presstheresetbuttonlocatednearthe
readout. If theresetbutton is notfullypressed,thetripodometermay
all thewayback to zero. If itdoesn’t,youmayhavetopressthereset
buttonagain to resetthereadouttozero.
Tachometer
not go
K2324
If youhave a tachometer, it displaystheenginespeedinrevolutionsper
minute(rpm).
2-67
Features & Controls
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer
damagemayoccur.
in the red area, or engine
Damage to your engine or vehicle caused by operating
red area isn’t covered by your vehicle warranty.
the engine in the
Warning Lights, Gages and lndicafors
Thispartdescribesthewarninglightsandgagesthatareonyourvehicle.
Thepictureswillhelpyoulocatethem.
Warninglightsandgagescansignalthatsomethingiswrongbefore
it
becomesseriousenough to causeanexpensiverepairorreplacement.Paying
attention to yourwarninglightsandgagescouldalsosaveyou
or othersfrom
injury.
Warninglightsgoonwhentheremaybeor
is aproblemwithoneofyour
vehicle’sfunctions. As youwill seeinthedetailsonthenextfewpages,
somewarninglightscomeonbrieflywhenyouturntheignitionkey
just to let
If youarefamiliarwiththispart,youshouldnotbe
youknowthey’reworking.
alarmedwhen this happens.
or isaproblemwithoneofyour
Gagescanindicatewhentheremaybe
vehicle’sfunctions.Oftengagesandwarninglights
worktogether to letyou
knowwhenthere’s a problem with your vehicle.
Whenoneofthewarning
lightscomesonandstaysonwhenyouare
driving, orwhenoneof
thegagesshowstheremaybeaproblem,checkthe
do aboutit.Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice.
partthattellsyouwhatto
So pleaseget to
Waiting to dorepairscanbecostly-andevendangerous.
knowyourwarninglightsandgages.They’reabighelp.
2-68
Brake System Warning Light
BRAKE
-
K2325
Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystemisdividedintotwoparts.
If onepart
isn’tworking,theotherpartcan
still work andstop you.Forgoodbraking,
If thewarninglightgoes
on, there
though,youneedbothpartsworkingwell.
away.
couldbe a brakeproblem.Haveyourbrakesysteminspectedright
Thislightshouldcomeonasyoustart
then,have it fixed so itwillbeready
the vehicle. If it doesn’t comeon
to warnyou if there’saproblem.
on whenyousetyourparkingbrake,and
it willstay
Thislightwillalsocome
If it staysonafteryourparking
on if your parkingbrakedoesn’treleasefully.
a brakeproblem.
brake is fullyreleased,itmeansyoumayhave
If thelightcomesonwhiledriving,pull
off the road andstopcarefully. You
maynoticethat the pedal is harder to push. Or, thepedal may go closer to
to stop. If thelight is still on,havethevehicle
thefloor.Itmaytakelonger
towedforservice.(See“Towing
YourVehicle” in theIndex.)
I
CAUTION
I A
b
I
Your brake systemmay not beworkingproperly if the brake warning
light is on. Driving with the brake warninglight on can lead to an
accident.Ifthe
light is still on afteryou’ve pulled off the roadand
stopped
carefully,
have the vehicle
towed
service.
for
2-69
I
Featums & Contmls
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
I
PB005
Withanti-lock,thislightwillgoonwhenyoustartyourengineandmaystay
so. That’snormal.
onforseveralsecondsor
If thelightdoesn’tcomeon,have
there is aproblem.
it fixed so it willbereadytowarnyou
If thelightstayson, orcomesonwhenyou’redriving,yourvehicleneeds
service.Unlesstheregularbrakesystemwarninglight
is alsoon,youwillstill
havebrakes, but notanti-lockbrakes. If theregularbrakesystemwarning
Light” earlierinthissection.
light is alsoon,see“BrakeSystemWarning
2-70
if
Charging System Light
1
K2328
Theredchargingsystemlightislocated
at theupperrighthandcorner
of
yourinstrumentcluster. It shouldcome on brieflywhenyou turn onthe
ignition,beforestartingtheengine,
as acheck to showyou it isworking.
If it stays on, orcomes on
Aftertheenginestarts,thelightshouldgoout.
whileyouaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwithyourelectricalcharging
system.It could indicatethatyouhavealoosealternatordrivebelt,
or that
youhavesomeotherelectricalproblem.Have
it checkedrightaway.Driving
whilethislight is oncoulddrainyourbattery.
If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelight
on, be certain to turn off all
youraccessories,suchastheradioandairconditioner.
2-7 1
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Light)
I
RVI
llrll
K2329
A computermonitorsoperation
of yourfuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol
systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignition
is on, but theengineis
to showyou it isworking. If itdoesnotcome
on at
notrunning,asacheck
all, haveitfixedrightaway.
If it stayson, or comesonwhileyouaredriving,
thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhaveaproblem.
vehicle in for service soon.
You shouldtakeyour
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, afterawhiletheemission
controls won’twork aswell,yourfueleconomywon’tbeasgood,and
run as smoothly. This could lead to costlyrepairsnot
yourenginemaynot
covered by yourwarranty.
2-72
I
CHECK GAGES Light
This light will come onbriefly when you are statling the engine. If the light
comesonandstays on whileyouaredriving,
it couldindicateaproblem with
yourvehicle.Checkyourvariousgages
to see if theyareinthewarning
zones.
C “ 5X K
GAGES
K2330
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator tight (Canada Only)
K2318
If your vehiclewasfirst sold, whennew, in Canada,youwillhavethisgreen
lightontheinstrument
panel. Itwilllight, just above the speedometer,
DRL,
whenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsareon.Formoredetailsabout
see “Headlightsand Vehicle Lighting’’ in thissection.
2-73
SHIFT Indicator Light
I
K2317
Thislight,withthe SHlFTlarrow symbol, is atthe left side of theinstrument
cluster onsomevehicleswithmanualtransmissions.Dependingonyour
particular model,your vehicle maynothave this light. The SHIFT indicator
light will helpyou get thebest fuel economy.See “Shift Light”or“Shift
Speeds-VehiclesWithoutShift
Light” in thissectionfor more information.
Headlight High Beam Indicator Light
I
K2331
Thislightwith the blue high beamsymbol is on theleftside of the
instrumentcluster.The high beamindicatoris on wheneveryouuseyourhigh
2-74
beam headlights. For more detailsabout high beams, see “Headlight
High-Low Beam Changer” earlier in this section,
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
K2444
These lights, withthegreenarrows,areoneachside
cluster.Thesignal indicator willcomeonwhenever
change.See“TurnandLaneChangeSignal”earlier
2-75
of theinstrument
you signal a turn or lane
in this section.
Features & Controls
Gages
Fuel Gage
Standard Cluster
0
I"
I'
- .
K2114
Tachometer Cluster
UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY
-I
1.
.
4
K2115
Thefuelgage,whentheignition
is on, tellsyouabout how much fuelyou
out
haveleft in yourtank. The gage will first indicateemptybeforeyouare
of fuel,and you shouldget more fuelassoonaspossible.
2-76
Listed are four situations you
mayexperiencewithyour
fuel gage:
off beforethe gage readsfull.
It takesa little moreorlessfuel
to fill up thanthefuelgageindicated.
was halffull,but it
Forexample, the gagemayhaveindicatedthetank
actuallytooka little moreorlessthanhalfthetank’scapacity
to fill the
tank.
Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup.
Thegagedoesn’tgoback
to emptywhenyouturn
off theignition.
None of these indicate a ,problem with the fuel gage.
At the gasstation,thefuelpumpshuts
For information onhow to fill your fuel tank see “Fuel-FillingYourTank”
theIndex.
Foryour fueltankcapacity,see
“Fuel-TankCapacity”
in
in theIndex.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
260
Thisgageshowstheenginecoolanttemperature.
If thegagepointermoves
(145°C) ormore,yourengine
is toohot! It
intotheredarea,about260°F
If youhavebeenoperating
meansthatyourenginecoolanthasoverheated.
off theroad,
yourvehicleundernormaloperatingconditions,youshouldpull
off theengineassoon as possible.
stopyourvehicleandturn
Hot Coolant Can Burn You Badly!
In “Problemson the Road”,thismanualshowswhat
Overheating” in theIndex.
2-77
to do.See“Engine
Featurns & Controls
Oil Pressure Gage
Standard Ciusier
30
K2116
Tachometer Cluster
K2117
Theoilpressuregageshowstheengineoilpressureinpsi(poundsper
is running.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure
squareinch)whentheengine
inkPa(kilopascals).Oilpressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside
temperatureand oil viscosity,butreadingsabovethelowpressurezone
indicatethenormaloperatingrange.
2-78
A reading in thelowpressurezonemay
be causedbyadangerouslv
levelorotherproblemcausinglowoilpressure.Checkyouroilassoonas
possible.
low oil
CAUTION
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If you do, your engine
can become so hot that it catches on fire, You or others could be
burned. Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle
serviced.
e
I
NOTICE
Damage to yourenginefromneglectedoilproblemscan
I not covered by your ‘Avanty.
rnstly at,,
Voltmeter
Standard Cluster
Tachometer Cluster
14
19
GL
K2336
Whenyourengineisnotrunning,buttheignitionison(inthe
Run position),
thisgage shows yourbattery’sstate of chargein DC volts. When the engine
of thechargingsystem.Readings
isrunning,thegageshowsthecondition
betweenthelowandhighwarningzonesindicatethenormaloperatingrange.
Readingsineitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblemintheelectrical
system.
2-79
Features & Controls
If
You canonlydrivefor a shorttimewiththereadingineitherwarningzone.
youmustdrive,turn
off allunnecessaryaccessories,andhavethevehicle
serviced assoon as possible.
Convenience Net
CAUTION
A
An improperlystoredconveniencenetcouldbethrownaboutthe
vehicleduring a collision or suddenmaneuver. You or others could
be injured.When you aredoneusingtheconveniencenet,always
and securelyreattachthepouch
storeitinitsoriginalstoragepouch,
on therearside of the spare tire cover.
I
PO22
If youhavetheoptionalluggagecarrier,youcan
load thingsontop of your
vehicle.Theluggagecarrierhasslatsandsiderailsattachedtotheroof,and
crossrailswhichcanbemovedforeandaftinthesiderailstohelpsecure
cargo.Tietheload
to thesiderailsorsiderailsupports.Usethecrossrails
mostly for fore and aft stops.
2-80
NOTICE
Don’texceedthemaximumvehiclecapacitywhenloadingyourvehicle.For
moreinformationonvehiclecapacityandloading,see“Loading
Your Vehicle”
in theIndex.
To preventdamageor loss of cargoasyou’redriving,checknowandthento
makesure theluggagecarrierandcargoarestillsecurelyfastened.
Besurethecargo
is properlyloaded.
Ifsmallheavyobjects are placedontheroof,placetheload
in thearea
If
overtherearwheels(behindtherearsidedooronwagonmodels).
youneedto,cutapieceof
3/8 inchplywoodtofitinsidethecrossrails
If plywoodisused,tie
it totheside
andsiderailstospreadtheload.
railsupports.
Tietheloadtothecrossrails
or thesiderailsupports.Usethecross
railsonly to keeptheloadfromsliding.
Ifyouneedtocarrylongitems,movethecrossrailsasfarapartas
theywillgo.Tietheloadtothecrossrailsandthesiderailsorsiderail
supports.Alsotiethe load tothebumpers. Do nottiethe
thatthecrossrails orsiderailsaredamaged.
Aftermovingthecrossrails,besure
load so tightly
to tightenallthesliderscrews.
To reducewindnoise,thecrossrailsmustbeinstalledwiththenarrowedge
toward the front of the vehicle.
Also, thefrontcrossrailshouldbeabout
anchoronUtilitymodels.
8 inches (200 mm) behindthefront
2-8 1
Features & Controls
mailer.Wiring Harness
K2373
The 7-wire harness is stored under your vehicle along the rear frame
30 ampin-linefusedbatteryfeedwireand
crossmember.Theharnesshasa
noconnector,andshouldbewiredbyaqualifiedelectricalserviceperson.
to your
Securelyattachtheharnesstothetrailer,thentapeorstrapit
loose enough so thewiringwon’t
vehicle’sframerail.Besureyouleaveit
so loosethat it dragson
bind orbreakwhenturningwiththetrailer,butnot
theground.
Storetheharnessinitsoriginalposition.Wraptheharnesstogetherandtieit
neatly so it won’tbedamaged.
2-82
Comforf Controls & Audio Systems
Section
.
.
In this section you’ll find outhowtooperatethecomfortcontrolandaudio
systems offered with your vehicle . Be sure to read about the particular system
supplied with your vehicle .
Forexplanation of vehicle symbols inthissection.refer to “Vehicle
Symbols” in Section 0
Comfort Controls ................................................................................................... 3-2
Flow-Through Ventilation System ..................................................................... 3-2
Heating System.................................................................................................. 3-4
Electronic HeatinglAir Conditioning System .....................................................
3-5
RearAirConditioningandHeatingSystems
(Wagon Models) ............................................................................................. 3-8
Rear Window Defogger ...................................................................................
3-11
Audio Systems.....................................................................................................
3-12
FM Stereo ........................................................................................................3-12
AM .....................................................................................................................
3-12
AM Stereo ........................................................................................................
3-13
How to Operate Your AM ETR@Radio.........................................................
3-13
How to Operate YourAM-FMStereoAudioSystemand
Cassette Player ............................................................................................
3.14
How to Operate YourAM-FM Stereo Audio System and
Cassette Player with Graphic Equalizer ..................................................... 3-17
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player ............................................................... 3-21
Fixed Mast Antenna ........................................................................................
3-21
.
3-1
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
Comfort Controls
Flow-Through Ventilation System
1
K2 190
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside
ofyour vehicle when it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow
into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle and out the rear air exhaust
valves.Outsideairwillalsoenterthevehiclewhentheheaterortheair
conditioningfan is running.
Ventilation Tips
e
Keepthehoodandfrontairinletfree
of ice,snow, or anyother
obstruction(such as leaves).Theheateranddefrosterwillworkfar
better, reducingthechance of fogging the inside of yourwindows.
e
Whenyouenteravehicleincoldweather,turntheblowerfan
to HI for
off. Thishelpscleartheintakeductsof
afewmomentsbeforedriving
snowandmoisture,andreducesthechance
offogging theinside of
your windows.
e
Keep the air path under the front seats clear
to circulate throughout your vehicle.
of objects. This helps air
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air
to the inside
of yourvehiclewhen it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow
into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle and out the
rearairexhaust
valves. Outside air will also enter the vehicle when the heater
or the air
conditioningfan is running.
3-2
Air Vents
K2315
You will find sir vents in thecenterandonthesides
of your instrument
panel. You can move the vents to direct the flow of air, or closethevents
altogether.Whenyoucloseavent,
it willincreasetheflow of air coming out
ofany vents that are open.
If yourvehicledoesnothaveairconditioning,
there areairventsbelowthe
instrumentpanel.Eachventhasahandlewithaventsymbol
on it. Usethe
handle to openandclosethevent.
3-3
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Heating System (Without Air Conditioning)
K2441
If your vehicle does not have air conditioning, this
systemwilllooklike.
is whatyourheating
Fan Knob
Theknobontherighthas
four positions. To increasetheairflow,turn
(-).
toward (t).To decreasetheairflow,turnittoward
Temperature Lever
The bottom lever lets you select the temperature of the air flowing
(+) forwarmerair.Movethe
vehicle.Movetheleverrighttoward
toward (-) forcoolerair.
it
into your
lever left
Function Lever
The top lever can be moved to three different heating functions.
Defrost (Right):Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Heatedaircomesout
or ice onthewindshield.
nearthewindshield.Usethiswhenyougetfog
Heater (Center): Heated air comes out near the
weather.
floor. This is best
Vent (Left): The air comes out at the vents on your instrument panel and
at your front side windows.
Placing the lever between positions sends air
3-4
out both vents.
for cold
Heater Output
Optional Engine Block Heater
If yourengine is equippedwithanoptionalengineblockheater,youcanuse
-8OC, or lower) to helpheatthe
itduring initial start-upincoldweather(20"F,
passengercompartmentfaster.Becauseanengineblockheaterwarmsthe
enginecoolant,yourvehicle'sheatingsystemcanprovidesomeheat
as soon
asyoustarttheengine.
Theuseofanengineblockheateralsoreducesthetime
it takesforthe
enginetoreachnormaloperatingtemperature,andshortens
the time it takes
the heater to reach full output.Formoreinformation,See"EngineBlock
Heater"intheIndex.
Electronic Heating/Air Conditioning System
Function Display
I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...........I
K2:
If your vehicle has air conditioning, your heating/air conditioning system will
look like this.
When you first turn on your vehicle's air conditioning, open
clear the vehicle of hotair.
3-5
the windows to
K2313
Yoursystemhasa
lighteddisplayshowingeachsystemwhen
it is operating.
Duringnormaloperation,allthelightswon’tcomeonatthesametime.Only
theonesdisplaying the currentsettingswilllight.
System Controls
NC Button: Press thebuttonmarked NC toturnyourairconditioner
on and
off. The AIC symbol will lightonyourdisplayand
air will come out ofyour
will automaticallybeseton LOW.
dashboardvents.Thefan
Whenyoupressthe NC button to turn the air conditioner off, thesystemwill
operate in theventmode.Whenyouturntheairconditionerbackon,the
OFF button
systemwilloperate in themodethatyoulastselectedunlessthe
was pressed.
OFF Button:Pressthisbutton to turn the air conditioning/ heating system off.
Pressing OFF willerasethepresentmode
of operationfromthesystem’s
memory.Outsideairwillstillcomeoutoftheheateroutletwheneverthe
vehicle is movingforward.
If the OFF button waspressed,youmustpress
BLEND buttons for the system to come back on.
NC, MAX, orone of the
Air Controls (BLEND)
The two buttons to theright of the systemdisplaycontroltheair
can blend theairflowtosuityourneeds,Theamountofblending
on the display by an arrow moving between the figure’s feet (floor
and head (vent air flow).
3-6
flow.You
is shown
air flow)
Right Button
Defrost (Top): Presshere to operatethedefroster. Heated aircomes out
nearthewindshield. Youcanuse it to helpclearfog or iceonyour
windshield.
Heater (Bottom): Presshere,andheatedaircomesoutnearthefloor.This
settingisbestforpassengercomfort
in cold weather.
To blendbetween
Theairflowcanbeblendedbetweenthetwopositions.
positions,presstheside of thebuttonshowingtheareawhereyouwouldlike
moreairflow.Thesystemwillautomaticallybegintoblendtowardtheposition
SAME side of
chosen. To stop thesystembetweenpositions,justpressthe
thebuttonagain.
Left Button
Vent (Top):Press the top of this button and all of theairflowwillcome
throughtheinstrumentpanelvents.
Heater (Bottom): Pressthebottom
come through the floor outlet.
of thisbuttonand
all of theairflowwill
To blendbetween
Theairflowcanbeblendedbetweenthetwopositions.
positions,presstheside of theswitchshowing the areawhereyouwouldlike
moreairflow.Thesystemwillautomaticallybegin
to blendtowardtheposition
SAME side of
chosen. To stopthesystembetweenpositions,justpressthe
thebuttonagain.
Temperature Selector Bar
The bar under your system display lets you select the temperature
of the air
COLD forcoolerairandpress
HOT for
comingintoyourvehicle.Press
warmerair.Releasethebarwhenthesystemreachesthetemperatureyou
want.Thetemperatureisshownonthedisplaybyanarrowmovingbetween
C and H.
Fan Control Button
Thisbuttonis in theupperrightcorner of yoursystemcontrolpanel.Thefan
hasfoursettings-low,mediumlow,medium
highandhigh.Pressthetop
of
of thebutton (-) to
thebutton (t)to increasetheairflow.Pressthebottom
decreasetheairflow.Thesettingyouselect
is shownonyourdisplayas
LOW, MED LOW,MEDHI or HI.
Air Recirculation Button
If youpressthe MAX button (RECIR onsome models), theair in your
MAX willgiveyou
vehiclewill be recirculated.Withtheairconditioneron,
out of
maximumcooling. It canalsobeusedinallmodestohelpkeepdust
yourvehicle.When MAX isselected, REC will lightonyourdisplay.
3-7
Rear Air Conditioning and Heating Systems (Wagon
Models)
If-yourvehiclehaseitherorbothofthesesystems,youcanincreaseand
decreasetheair flow attherearvents.Dependingonthesystemyouhave
andthesettingselected, you cansendcooled or heatedairtotherear
the vehicle.
of
Rear Air Conditioning (Without Rear Heater)
Control
Rear
Control
Front
K 2478
If yourvehiclehasrearairconditioning(withoutrearheater),thecontrolsare
locatedabovethefrontandsecondseats.Thefrontandrearoverhead
controls let youincreaseanddecreasetheairflowattherearvents.
To operate the rearairconditioningsystem,thefrontairconditioningsystem
air conditioningsystem off, therearsystem
mustbeon.Withthefront
controlscan beused to circulateairinthe rear of thevehicle.
To operate the rearsystem using the front control, just turn the knob
blower position you want.
to
to REAR CNTL.
To usetherearcontrol,firstturnthefrontcontrolknob
Then,therearcontrol can beusedtoincreaseanddecreasetheairflow.
3-8
Rear Heater (Without Rear Air Conditioning)
K2172
If youhavearearheater(withoutrearairconditioning),thecontrolswitchis
located on the instrument panel. To increase and decrease the flow
air to the rear floor vents,movetheswitchwiththefansymbolon
blower speed you want.
of heated
it to the
to the left position to turn the rear blower
Movetheswitchalltheway
andeachposition to therightincreasestheflow
of heatedair.
Movetheswitch all theway to therightposition
providingmaximumflow of heated air.
3-9
off,
to turn the blower onhigh,
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Rear Air Conditioning and Rear Heater
Front Control
Rear Control
K2479
If your vehicle has a rear air conditioning and rear heater system
combination,controlsareprovidedtoregulatethetemperature,locationand
speed oftheairflow.
To adjusttheairtemperature,turnthetemperatureknobontherightside
the controlpanel.Forwarmerairturntheknobtotheright(red)side,and
for coolerair,turntheknobtotheleft(blue)side.
To regulatetheairflowlocation,adjustthecenterknobonthecontrolpanel,
Turn the knob toward the left for floor vent air flow or toward the right for
headliner vent air flow. Generally, the upper vents are used for air
conditioningandthefloorventsforheating:however,thecontrolknob
of airflow.
set to allow any desired blend
To adjusttheairflowspeed,turnthefancontrolknobontheleftside
controlpaneltothedesiredblowersetting.
To activatetherearcontrol,movethefanknob
CNTL. This will allow second seat passengers
desi re.
3-10
of
maybe
of the
on thefrontcontrolto
REAR
to adjust the controls as they
Rear Window Defogger
J
K2112
You cantell if yourvehiclehas this option by looking at therearwindow.
youseelinesrunningacrosstheglass,youhave
it. Thesearethewires
whichheatyourwindow.
If
NOTICE
Scraping the inside of your rear window could cut and damage the
defogger.Yourwarrantywouldnotcover
this damage.Anddon't put
to scrape them off.
decals there, you might have
Forbestresults,clearthewindow
of asmuchsnow
or ice as possiblefirst.
To turn ontherearwindowdefogger,findtheswitchmarked
REAR DEFOG
onyourinstrumentpanel,justbelowtheheatersystem.Presstherightside
of theswitch,withthedefogsymbol
on it,untilthelightintheswitchcomes
will onlywork if theignition
on,thenrelease it. Therearwindowdefogger
switch is turned to RUN.
You canturnthedefogger
off atanytimebypressingtheleft,lightedside
of
off after several minutes, so that the
theswitch.Thedefoggerwillshutitself
If thedefoggershuts off, andthewindow still
glassdoesnotgettoohot.
isn'tclear,turnthedefoggeronagain.
3-1 1
I
I
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Audio Systems
YourDelco@audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive
you willgetthemostenjoymentoutof
it, if
yearsoflisteningpleasure.But
youacquaintyourselfwith
it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcando
of
and how to operate all itscontrols,tobesureyou’regettingthemostout
theadvancedengineeringthatwentintoit.
~
CAUTION
*
-
Hearingdamagefromloudnoise
is almostundetectableuntil it is too
e,. Your hearing can adapt to higher volumes ofsound.Sound that
seemsnormalcanbe loud andharmful to yourhearing.Take
precautions by adjusting the volume control on your radio
to a safe
soundlevelbeforehearingadapts
to it.
To help avoid hearing loss ordamage:
Adjustthevolumecontroltothelowestsetting.
I
Increasevolumeslowly
until youhearcomfortablyandclearly.
NOTICE
3-1 2
I
AM Stereo
ThismeanstheDeleo@systemcanreceive
C-QUAM@ stereobroadcasts.
Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo,
is a registeredtrademark of Motorola,Inc.).
thoughsomedonot.(C-QUAM@
If yourDeleo@systemcanget
C-QUAM@, your “STEREO” lightwillcome on
whenyou’rereceivingit.
How to Operate Your AM ETPRadio
1
2
3
4
5
TUNE
RCL SET
K2186
To Play the Radio
Pressthe PWR=VOL-TONE knobtoswitchtheradioonand
does two other things:
It controlsthevolume.The
rotatedclockwise.
off. Thisknob
VOL knobincreasesthevolumewhen
Theknobbehindthe
PWR-VOL knobisthe TONE knob.Rotatethis
knobcounterclockwiseformorebassandclockwiseformoretreble.
RCL Button
When the ignition is off, pressthe RCL button to displaythetime.Withthe
ignition in RUN or ACC, press it torecallthestationfrequencywhenthetime
isshowing.
3-1 3
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Pushbutions
Thefivepushbuttonslet
Tuneinthestation
you returntofavoritestations.Just:
you want.
Pressthe SET button. (SET appears in the VF displayfor a few
seconds).
Within 5 seconds,pressone of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation.
Whenever you pressthatbutton,thepresetstation
will return.
How to Operate Your AM-FM Stereo
Audio
System and Cassette Deck
/
P
6
1
PO200
To Play the Radio
Presstheamber PWR buttontoswitchtheradioonand
off.
VOL
Controlsthevolume.Pressing
decreasesvolume.
(+) increasesvolume; (-)
RCL
Whentheignitionis
off, pressthe RCL button to displaythetime.Withthe
ignitionon,press RCL to recallthestationfrequencyandvolumesetting
whenthetime is showing.
BAUFADE
To balanceandfadethesoundbetweentherightlleftorfronthearspeakers,
usethefourbuttonswiththespeakersymbolsonthem.Presstheleftand
rightbuttons to adjusttheleftandrightspeakerbalance.Pressingthetop
3-1 4
andbottombuttonsadjuststhefrontandrearspeakervolume,
or fade.The
relativebalanceandfadeadjustmentsareshown
onthe VF display.
TUNE
Pressthe (t) to increasefrequencyand
AMFM
Pushtoget
(-)
todecreasefrequency.
AM or FM.
SEEK
Pressthe SEEK button to makethereceiverseek,andstopat,thenext
higher available station.
SCAN
Pressthe SCAN buttontomakethereceiverscan,andmomentarilypause
at,allavailablestations. SCAN willappear in the VF displaywhilethe
receiver is in thescanmode.Press SCAN againtocancelthescanmode
and hold thecurrentstation,
Pushbuttons
Thesixpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations.
You cansetthe
(6 AM and 6 FM). To setthe
pushbuttonsforuptotwelvefavoritestations
pushbuttons,just:
Tune in thestationyou
want.
Pressthe SET button. (SET appearsinthe
seconds.)
VF displayfor a few
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thesixpushbuttonstostorethestation.
Afterthat,wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
Clock
To settheclock,
just:
Pressthe SET button.Theword
SET willlightupinthe
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdthe
appearsonthedisplay.
Then,pressandholdthe
on thedisplay.
Afteryousetthetime,theword
few seconds.
SEEK buttonuntilthecorrecthour
SCAN buttonuntilthecorrectminuteappears
SET willremain in the VF displayfor a
TREBLE
Push (t) tohearmoretreble.
Push (-)
VF display.
tohearlesstreble.
3-1 5
Comfort Contrals & Audio Systems
BASS
Push (t)to hearmorebass.
Push (-)
tohearlessbass.
Adjustthesebuttons to give a pleasingsound. If a station isweak and noisy,
just reduce TREB to lesseninterference.
Cassette Deck
,
.
.
3
nra 10
If youhave a cassettedeck, it is built to workbestwithtapesthatare
30 to
45 minuteslongoneachside.
Tapes longerthanthatare so thinthatthey
maynotwork well in this player.
Once the tapeisplaying,usetheradiocontrolknobsforvolume,balance
do for the radio. The arrows on the player indicate
and fade, just as you
whichside of thetapeisbeingplayed.
REV
To rapidlyreversethetape,press
pressthe FWD buttonlightly.
FWD
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press
youpressthe REV buttonlightly.
REV. Thetapewillrapidlyreverse
until you
FWD. Thetapewillrapidlyadvance
PROG
To go fromoneside of thetapetotheother,pressthe
PROG button.
Observe the lighted arrows to determine which side of the tape is being
played.
3-1 6
until
If atapeisinsertedwithside
“1” (or “A”)up,thentheuparrowmeansthat
thatsideisbeingplayed.Likewise,adownarrowwouldindicatethatside
(or “B”) hadbeenselected.Theplayerwillautomaticallyswitchtotheother
side ofthe tapewhenthefirstsideends.
EJECT
To removethetape
button.
or stopthetapeandswitch
to radio,pressthe
“2”
EJCT
How to Operate Your AM-FM Stereo
Audio System and Cassette Deck with Equalizer
rui99
To Play the Radio
Presstheamber PWR buttontoswitchtheradioonand
off.
VOL
Controlsthevolume.Pressing
decreasesvolume.
(t)increasesvolume; (-)
RCL
Whentheignitionis off, pressthe RCL buttontodisplaythetime.With
ignition on,press RCL torecallthestationfrequencyandvolumesetting
whenthe time is showing.
the
BAUFADE
To balanceandfadethesoundbetweentherighvleft
or fronthear speakers,
on them.Presstheleftand
usethefourbuttonswiththespeakersymbols
right buttons to adjust the left and right speaker balance. Pressing the top
or fade.The
andbottombuttonsadjusts the frontandrearspeakervolume,
VF display.
relativebalanceandfadeadjustmentsareshownonthe
3-1 7
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
TUNE
TO tuneinradiostations,pushthe
decreasefrequency.
AM/FM
Pushtoget
(t) to
increasefrequencyand
(-)
to
AM or FM.
SEEK
Pressthe SEEK button to makethereceiverseek,andstopat,thenext
higher available station.
SCAN
Press the SCAN button to make thereceiverscan,andmomentarilypause
at, allavailablestations. SCAN willappear in the VF displaywhilethe
receiveris in thescanmode.Press SCAN again to cancelthescanmode
and hold thecurrentstation.
Pushbuttons
Thesixpushbuttons let youreturn to favoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttonsforup to twelvefavoritestations (6 AM and 6 FM). Toset the
pushbuttons,just:
Tune in thestationyouwant.
Pressthe SET button. (SET appearsinthe
seconds.)
VF displayforafew
Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthesixpushbuttons
to storethestation.
Afterthat,wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Pressthe SET button.Theword
SET willlightup
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdthe
appearsonthedisplay.
Then, pressandholdthe
on thedisplay.
Afteryousetthetime,theword
fewseconds.
in the VF display.
SEEK buttonuntilthecorrecthour
SCAN buttonuntilthecorrectminuteappears
SET willremaininthe
VF displayfora
Tone
To adjustthetone of thisradiocombination,seetheinstructionsforthe
graphicequalizertapedeck.
3-1 8
AmSt
The AmSt button is just belowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune
to
anAM station that broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO lightwillcomeon
when you’rereceiving AM stereo. If youpush AmSt andthere is nomore
noise,itmeansthestationisweak.You’llhear
the stationbetter if youdon’t
use AmSt. Justpush the AmSt button again to cancelstereo.
NOTE: Your Delcosystemmaybeable
to receiveC-QUAM@stereo
C-QUAM@ to produce
broadcasts.ManyAMstationsaroundthecountryuse
stereo,thoughsome do not.C-QUAM@ is aregisteredtrademark of Motorola
STEREO light will
Inc. If yourDelcosystemcangetC-QUAM@signals,your
comeonwhenyouarereceivingstereo.
Cassette Deck with Graphic Equalizer
I
Pressthe PWR button on theradio to turntheuniton.Theradiowillplay
until acassetteispushedintothecassetteentrydoor(thetapeside
goesin
to work bestwithtapesthatare
30 to 45
first.)Thecassettedeckisbuilt
minuteslongoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthatare
so thinthattheymay
notworkwell in thisplayer.
VOL, BAL and FADE controlsonthe
Oncethetapeisplaying,usethe
of thetapeisbeingplayed.
radio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside
Equalizer
Boost thebass,emphasizeavoice
in asong,brightenthetreble-your
to your
equalizerenablesyou to adjustfiveseparatesoundfrequencies
individualtaste.
3-1 9
1
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Press (+) to emphasizeafrequency,press
(-) to de-emphasize it. It’s best
to begin withallthecontrols in themiddleposition,thenadjusteachcontrol
as youlike.Observethe VF displayforrelativeemphasis.
Cr02
Thisbuttonsetstapebias.
When playinghighbiaschrome or metaltapes,
When playingstandard
press Cr02 (thelight in thebuttonwillcomeon).
tapes,pressthebuttonagain(thelightwillgoout).
PROG
To gofromonesideofthetape
to theother,pressthe PROG button.
Observethelightedarrows to determinewhichsideofthetape
is being
played.
If atape is insertedwithside “1” (or “A”) up,thenthe uparrowmeans that
“2”
thatsideisbeingplayed.Likewise,adownarrowwouldindicatethatside
(or
hadbeenselected.Theplayerwillautomaticallyswitch
to the other
side of thetapewhenthefirstsideends.
“ B y )
EJECT
Press EJECT to eject the cassette tape from the player (the radio will then
play.)
FWD
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press
FWD. Thelight in thebuttonwillbe lit
andthetape will rapidlyadvance until youpressthe REV buttonlightly.
SEEK
To searchforthenextselectiononthetape,forwardorback,press
SEEK
(thelight in the SEEK buttonwillbelit)andeither
FWD or REV. Forthe
seekmode to stop,theremustbeatleasta4-secondgapbetween
selections on the tape.
REV
To rapidlyreversethetape,press
REV. The light in thebuttonwillbe
FWD buttonlightly.
thetapewillrapidlyreverseuntilyoupressthe
REPT
Press REPT torepeatthecurrentlyplayingselectiononthetape.Forthe
repeat to stop,theremustbeatleasta4-secondgapbetweenselections.
3-20
lit and
Care of Your Cassette Tape PIayer
A tapeplayerthat is notcleanedregularlycancausereducedsoundquality,
ruinedcassettes,or a damagedmechanism,Cassettetapesshouldbestored
If
in theircasesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,andextremeheat.
theyaren’t,theymaynotoperateproperlyorcausefailure
of thetapeplayer.
15 hours of
Your tapeplayershouldbecleanedregularlyeachmonthorafter
use. If younoticeareductioninsoundquality,
try aknowngoodcassetteto
If thisothercassettehasno
see if thetapeortheplayerisatfault.
improvement in soundquality,cleanthetapeplayer.
Cleanyourtapeplayerwithawiping-action,nonabrasivecleaningcassette,
andfollowthedirectionsprovidedwithit.
Cassettesaresubject to wearandthesoundqualitymaydegradeovertime.
Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetapeisingoodconditionbeforeyou
haveyourtapeplayerserviced.
K1313
Fixed Mast Antenna
Thefixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithoutbeing
damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraightenit
is badlybent,asitmightbebyvandals,youshould
outbyhand.Ifthemast
replaceit.
Checkeveryonce
fender.
in awhiletobesurethemastisstilltightened
3-2 1
to the
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find informationabout driving differentkinds of roadsand in
varying weather conditions . We’ve also included many other useful tips on
driving.
RoadSigns ............................................................................................................
4-2
DefensiveDriving ..................................................................................................
4-9
4-10
DrunkenDriving ...................................................................................................
Control of a Vehicle ..................;.........................................................................
4-13
Braking.............................................................................................................. 4-13
Steering ............................................................................................................
4-18
Steering in Emergencies ................................................................................. 4-19
Passing .............................................................................................................4-21
Loss of Control ................................................................................................
4-23
Driving Guidelines (Utility Models) .....................................................................
4-24
Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle ....................................
4-24
Driving at Night ...................................................................................................
4-35
Driving in the Rain..............................................................................................
4-37
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze ..........................................................................4-40
City Driving ..........................................................................................................
4-42
Freeway Driving...................................................................................................
4-43
Driving a Long Distance .....................................................................................4-44
Hill and Mountain Roads....................................................................................
4-47
Parking on Hills ...................................................................................................
4-49
Winter Driving ......................................................................................................
4-53
Towing a Trailer ...................................................................................................
4-56
Power Winches....................................................................................................4-64
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Road Signs
Theroadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbol.
It’sa good ideato knowthesecodes so thatyoucanquicklygraspthebasic
meaning or intent of thesign even before you haveachance to readit.
Color of Road Signs
n
rD0 N O T 1
rn
WRONG
I
AM402001
RED means STOP. It may alsoindicatethat somemovement is notallowed.
Examplesare DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY.
RAIL1 4D
ADVANCE
CROSSING
NO PASSING
ZONE
NARROW
BRIDGE
AM402002
YELLOW indicates a generalwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou
seeayellowsign.
It may signal a railroadcrossingahead, a nopassing
solid
zone,orsomeotherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise,ayellow
line paintedontheroad means “Don’t Cross.”
4-2
e
LOw
SHOULDER
WORKERS
AHEAD
D
u
FLAGGER
AHEAD
AM402003
ORANGE indicatesroadconstruction or maintenance.You’llwant to slow
of theroadmaybeclosed
off
downwhenyouseeanorangesign,aspart
or torn up.Andtheremaybeworkersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too.
l t-
SMALLTOWN
WEsTr- !
Ic
1 MILE
!AST
J 1UI
roWN
I
I
EXIT
44 4.
AM40200
GREEN is used to guide the driver.Greensignsmayindicateupcoming
freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturntoreach
a particular
place.
H
~~
HOSPITAL
-
a
~
INFORMATION
AM402005
BLUE signs with white letters showmotorists’services.
4-3
Your Driving and the Road
SWIMMING
CANOEING
AM402006
BROWN signspointoutrecreationareasorpoints
interest.
Shape of Road Signs
Theshape of thesignwilltell
of historic or cultural
you something,too.
ISTOP]
AM402007
An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided)sign means STOP. Itisalwaysredwithwhite
letters.
AM402008
ADIAMOND-shapedsign is a warningofsomethingahead-forexample,
soft shoulder,oranarrow
end of adivided highway,acurve,steephill,
bridge.
the
AM402009
A TRIANGLEpointeddownward,indicatesYIELD.Itassignstheright-of-way
to trafficoncertainapproachestoanintersection.
AM402010
ATRIANGULAR sign also is usedontwo-lane roads toindicate a NO
PASSINGZONE.Thissign
will beon theleftside of theroadway.
4-5
Your Driving and the Road
KEEP
RIGHT
LEFT OR
THROUGH
RIGHT TURN
ONLY
AM402011
RECTANGULAR (squareoroblong)signsshowspeedlimits,parking
regulations,givedirections,andsuchinformationasdistancestocities.
Symbols on Road Signs
AM40201 2
Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns
in usetoday.
Thebasicmessage of many of thesesigns is in pictures orgraphicsymbols.
A picturewithinacirclewith a diagonallineacrossitshows
what NOT to do.
NO U
TURN
NO
PARKING
I
NO BICYCLES
I
AM402013
4-6
Traffic Lights
I
I
I
AM402014
We’re all familiar with traffic lights or stop lights. Often green arrows
are
being usedinthelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.
On somemultilaneroads,
greenarrowslightup,indicatingthattraffic
in oneormorelanescanmoveor
makeaturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatter
what,” You’ll still need
to proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright
of way to pedestriansand
sometimes to other vehicles.
Sometraffic lights alsouseredarrows
turningonred.
to signifythatyoumust
stop before
REVERSIBLE
LANE ON
MULTI-LANE
ROADWAY
AM402015
Manycityroadsandexpressways,andevenbridges,usereversible-lane
traffic control during rush hours. A red X lightabove a lanemeansnodriving
A greenarrowmeansyoumaydrive
in thatlane.
in thatlaneatthattime.
Look for the signs posted to warn drivers what hours and days these
systemsare in effect.
4-7
Pavement Markings
NO PASSING ZONE
AM40201 6
Pavementmarkingsadd to trafficsignsandsignals.Theygiveinformation
driverswithouttakingattentionfromtheroadway.Asolidyellowlineonyour
sideof theroad or lanemeans“don’tcross.”
to
Your Own Signals
Driverssignaltoothers,too.
It’s notonlymorepolite,it’ssafer,
to let other
driversknowwhatyouaredoing.Andinsomeplaces
the lawrequiresdriver
signals.
Turnandlanechangesignals:
changelanes.
Alwayssignalwhenyouplantoturnor
Ifnecessary,youcanusehandsignals
outthe window: Left armstraightout
for a leftturn,downforsloworabout-to-stop,andupforarightturn.
Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrakepedalonceortwice
of slowing or stopping.Thiswarnsthedriverbehindyou.
in advance
Disabled: Yourfour-wayflasherssignalthatyourvehicleisdisabledoris
hazard.See“HazardWarningFlasher”
in theIndex.
Traffic Officer
Thetrafficpoliceofficer is alsoasource ofimportantinformation.Theofficer’s
signals govern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlightsorothersignssay.
Thenextpartdiscussessomeoftheroadconditionsyoumayencounter.
4-8
a
Defensive Driving
Thebestadviceanyonecangiveaboutdrivingis:Drivedefensively.
Pleasestartwitha very important safety device in yourvehicle:Buckleup.
(See ‘Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensivedrivingreallymeans“bereadyforanything.”Oncitystreets,rural
roads, orfreeways, it means“alwaysexpectthe unexpected,”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going
to be careless and make
do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes.
mistakes.Anticipatewhattheymight
Expectchildren to dashoutfrom behind parkedcars, often followed by other
for
children.Expectoccupantsinparked cars to opendoorsintotraffic.Watch
movement in parkedcars-someonemaybeabout
to openadoor.
Expectotherdrivers to runstopsignswhenyouareonathroughstreet.Be
Youmay not
ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections.
have to use the brake, but if youdo,youwillbeready.
If you’re driving through a shopping center parking lot where
there are
well-markedlanes,directionalarrows,anddesignatedparkingareas,expect
somedrivers to ignore all thesemarkingsanddashstraighttowardonepart
of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless. Watch forthem.Ingeneral,youmustgiveway
ofway.
topedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetheright
of accidents. Yet theyare
Rear-endcollisionsareaboutthemostpreventable
common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensivedriving
maneuver, in both cityandruraldriving. Youneverknowwhen
thevehicle in
front of you is going to brakeorturnsuddenly.
Here’sa final bit of informationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous
In fact, GM
timefordriving in the US. is very earlyonSundaymorning.
Research studies show that the most and
the least dangerous times for
driving,everyweek, fall onthesame day.Thatday is Sunday.Themost
dangeroustime is Sunday 3 a,m.to 4 a.m.The safesttimeisSundayfrom
10 a.m. to 11 a.m. DrivingthesamedistanceonaSundayat
3 a.m.isn’t
just a little moredangerousthan it is at 10 a.m. It’sabout 134 timesmore
dangerous.
That leads to the next part.
4-9
Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinkinganddrivingisanationaltragedy.It’s
the number one contributor to the highway death toll, claiming thousands
victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesawaythreethingsthatanyoneneedsto
driveavehicle.
of
Judgment
MuscularCoordination
4
Vision
Policerecordsshowthathalfofallmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve
alcohol-adriver,apassenger
or someoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had
beendrinking.Inmostcases,thesedeaths
are theresult of someonewho
25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur
wasdrinkinganddriving.Over
eachyearbecause of alcohol,andthousands ofpeopleareinjured.
is toomuch if apersonplanstodrive?Ideally,no
Justhowmuchalcohol
if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too
one shoulddrinkalcoholandthendrive.But
much”? It canbealotlessthanmanymightthink.Although
it dependson
eachpersonandsituation,hereissomegeneralinformationontheproblem.
TheBloodAlcoholContent(BAC)
four things:
of someonewho is drinkingdependsupon
Howmuchalcoholisinthedrink.
4
Thedrinker’sbodyweight.
Theamount of food thatisconsumedbeforeandduringdrinking.
Thelength of timeithastakenthedrinker
4-1 0
to consumethealcohol.
AM407001
According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person
(355 ml)bottles of beerinanhourwillendup
whodrinksthree12-ounce
withaBAC of about 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC
bydrinkingthree4-ounce(120ml)glasses
ofwineorthreemixeddrinks
eachhad1-1/2ounces (45 ml)ofaliquorlikewhiskey,ginorvodka.
if
if thesamepersondrank
It’stheamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample,
an hour,the
threedoublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 mlofliquoreach)within
food
person’sBACwouldbecloseto0.12percent.Apersonwhoconsumes
justbeforeorduringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylowerBAClevel.
HOUR
AM407002
4-1 1
Your Driving and the Road
The lawinmost US. statessetsthelegallimitataBAC
of 0.10 percent. In
Canadathelimitis 0.08 percent,andinsomeothercountriesit’slowerthan
0.10 percentafterthree to sixdrinks(inone
that.TheBACwillbeover
hour). Of course,aswe’veseen, it dependsonhowmuchalcoholisinthe
drinks,andhowquicklythepersondrinksthem.
to driveisaffectedwell
Butit’sveryimportanttokeepinmindthattheability
ofmany
belowaBAC of 0.10 percent.Researchshowsthatthedrivingskills
0.05 percent,andthattheeffects
peopleareimpairedataBACapproaching
0.05 percent.
areworseatnight. All driversareimpairedatBAClevelsabove
of beinginanaccidentincreasessharplyfor
Statisticsshowthatthechance
0.05 percentorabove.AdriverwithaBAClevel
driverswhohaveaBACof
of 0.06 percent(threebeersinonehourfora180-poundor82kgperson)
hasdoubledhisorherchance
of havinganaccident. At aBAClevel of 0.10
percent,thechance of thatdriverhavinganaccidentissixtimesgreater;at
alevel of 0.15 percent,thechancesaretwenty-fivetimesgreater!And,the
to riditself of thealcoholinonedrink.
No amount
bodytakesaboutanhour
of coffeeornumberof
coldshowerswillspeedthatup.
“I’ll becareful”isn’ttherightanswer.What
if there’sanemergency,aneed
to takesuddenaction,aswhenachilddartsintothestreet?
A personwitha
to avoidthecollision.
higherBACmightnotbeabletoreactquicklyenough
There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinkinganddrivingthatmanypeopledon’t
know.Medicalresearchshowsthatalcoholinaperson’ssystemcanmake
crashinjuriesworse.That’sespeciallytrueforbrain,spinalcordandheart
injuries.Thatmeansthat if anyonewhohasbeendrinking-driveror
passenger-is inacrash,thechance
of beingkilledorpermanentlydisabled
ishigherthan if thatpersonhadnotbeendrinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen
that the chance ofacrashitselfishigherfordrinkingdrivers.
I CAUTION
Drinkingandthendrivingisverydangerous.Your
reflexes,
be affectedbyeven a smallamount
of alcohol. Youcould have a serious-or even fatal-accident if you
or ride with a driver
driveafterdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrinkanddrive
who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you’rewith a
group,
designate a driver who will not
drink.
L perceptions,andjudgmentwill
I
4-1 2
Control of a Vehicle
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go.
Theyarethebrakes,thesteeringandtheaccelerator.
All threesystemshave
to do theirworkattheplaceswherethetiresmeettheroad.
I
AM409006
Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnow
or ice, it’s easytoaskmoreof
thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou
canlosecontrol of yourvehicle.
Braking
Brakingactioninvolves perceptiontime and reactiontime.
First,youhave to decidetopushonthebrakepedal.That’s
perception
time. Thenyouhaveto bring upyourfootand do it.That’s reactiontime.
Average reactiontime isabout 3/4 of a second.Butthat’sonlyanaverage.
or
Itmightbelesswithonedriverandaslongastwoorthreeseconds
morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,and
in 314
eyesightallplay a part. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven
of a second, a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 kmlh) travels 66 feet (20 m).
Thatcouldbe a lot of distanceinan emergency, so keepingenoughspace
between your vehicle and others
is important.
And,ofcourse, actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface
road(whetherit’spavement or gravel);thecondition of theroad(wet,
icy); tire tread;andtheconditionofyourbrakes.
4-1 3
of the
dry,
Your Driving and the Road
Mostdriverstreattheirbrakeswithcare.Some,however,overworkthe
brakingsystemwithpoordrivinghabits.
Avoidneedlessheavybraking,Somepeopledriveinspurts-heavy
accelerationfollowedbyheavybraking-ratherthankeepingpacewith
traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakesmaynothavetime
to cool
betweenhardstops. Your brakeswillwear out muchfaster if youdo a
lotofheavybraking.
Don’t“ride”thebrakesbylettingyourleftfootrestlightlyonthebrake
pedalwhiledriving.
AM410001
“Riding” your brakes can cause them to overheat to the point that
h theywon’tworkwell.Youmightnotbeable
to stop your vehicle in
so
time to avoidanaccident. If you“ride”yourbrakes,theywillget
hottheywillrequire a lotof pedalforcetoslowyoudown.Avoid
“riding” the brakes.
NOTICE
‘Riding” the brakes wears them out much faster. You would need costly
wake replacement much sooner than normal, and
it also reduces fuel
mnomy.
If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances, you
will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means better braking and
longerbrakelife.
4-1 4
If yourengine ever stops whileyou’redriving,brakenormally
but don’t
pumpyourbrakes. If youdo,thepedalmaygethardertopushdown.
If
yourengine stops, you will stillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.
But you
will useitwhen you brake.Oncethepowerassistisusedup,
it may
takelonger to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsystemthatcanhelpkeep
under control.
it
a
Whenyoustartyourvehicleandbegin
to driveaway,youmayhear
momentary motor or clicking noise. This is the
ABS system testing itself.
AM41 5006
Here’showanti-lockworks.Let’ssaytheroadiswet.You’redrivingsafely.
Suddenly an animal jumps out in front
ofyou.
You slamonthebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith
ABS.
A computersensesthatwheelsareslowingdown.Thecomputerseparately
worksthebrakesateachfrontwheelandattherearwheels.Theanti-lock
systemcanchangethebrakepressurefasterthananydrivercould.The
most of availabletireandroad
computerisprogrammedtomakethe
conditions. You cansteeraroundtheobstaclewhilebrakinghard.
4-1 5
Your Driving and fhe Road
AM41501 6
As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdates
controlsbrakingpressureaccordingly.
on wheel speedand
I
CAUTION
A
I
Anti-lockdoesn’tchange the time you need to get your foot up to
the brake pedal, If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you,
you won’t have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly
slows or stops. Always leaveenough room up ahead to stop, even
though you have anti-lock brakes.
To Use Four-wheel Anti-Lock:
Don’t pumpthebrakes.Just hold thebrakepedaldownandletanti-lockwork
foryou. You may feel the brakesvibrate,oryoumaynoticesomenoise,but
this is normal.
4-1 6
I
Brake System Warning Light
K2325
Thislightappearsonyourinstrumentcluster
to warnyou if yourregular
in the
brakingsystemneedsservice.See“BrakeSystemWarningLight”
Index.
Disc Brake Wear lndicators
Discbrakepadshavebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitched
warningsoundwhenthebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.
Thesoundmaycomeandgoorbeheardallthetimeyourvehicle
(except when youarepushing onthebrakepedalfirmly).
is moving
ICAUTION
I
Thebrakewearwarningsoundmeansthatsoonerorlateryouryour
brakeswon’tworkwell.Thatcould
lead to anaccident.Whenyou
hearthebrakewearwarningsound,haveyourvehicleserviced.
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads could result in costly brakt
repair.
omedrivingconditions or climatesmaycauseabrakesquealwhenthe
not meansomething is
brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoes
wrongwithyourbrakes.
4-1 7
Your Driving and the Road
Rear Drum Brakes
Your reardrumbrakes don’t havethewearindicators,but
if youeverheara
Also, therear
rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakelininginspected.
brakedrumsshouldberemovedandinspectedeachtimethetiresare
removedforrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced,
havetherearbrakesinspected,too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See yourdealer if the brakepedaldoesnotreturn
to normalheight, or if
there is arapidincreaseinpedaltravel.Thiscouldbeasign
ofbrake
trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Everytimeyoumakeabrakestop,yourdiscbrakesadjustforwear.
If your
brakepedalgoesdownfartherthannormal,yourreardrumbrakesmayneed
adjustment.Adjustthembybacking
upandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew
times.
Braking In Emergencies
Useyour anti-lockbrakingsystemwhenyouneedto.Withanti-lock,youcan
steerandbrakeatthesametime.Inmanyemergencies,steeringcanhelp
youmorethaneventheverybestbraking.
Steering
Power Steering
If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheenginestopsorthesystem
failstofunction,youcansteerbut
it willtakemuchmoreeffort.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’simportant to takecurvesatareasonablespeed.
A lot ofthe“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenewshappenon
curves.Here’swhy:
Experienceddriver or beginner,each ofus issubject to thesamelaws of
physics whendrivingoncurves.Thetraction
of thetiresagainsttheroad
surfacemakes it possibleforthevehicle to changeitspathwhenyouturn
in
thefront wheels. If there’s no traction,inertiawillkeepthevehiclegoing
thesamedirection. If you’veevertriedtosteeravehicleonwetice,you’ll
understandthis.
4-1 8
Thetractionyoucangetin
a curvedependsonthecondition
of yourtires
curve is banked,andyour
andthe road surface,theangleatwhichthe
speed.Whileyou’rein
a curve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol.
Supposeyou’resteeringthrough a sharpcurve.Thenyousuddenly
accelerate.Thosetwocontrolsystems-steeringandacceleration-can
overwhelmthoseplaceswherethetiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulose
control.
Whatshouldyoudoifthiseverhappens?Letupontheacceleratorpeaal,
to go,andslowdown.
steerthevehiclethewayyouwantit
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed. Of
on goodweatherandroadconditions.
course,thepostedspeedsarebased
Under less favorable conditions you’ll want
to goslower.
If youneed to reduceyourspeedasyouapproach
a curve, do it beforeyou
enter the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead.
Try toadjustyourspeed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintain
a
you areoutofthecurve,
reasonable,steadyspeed.Waittoaccelerateuntil
and then accelerate gently into the straightaway.
Whenyou driveinto a curveat night, it’shardertoseetheroadaheadof
of yourlights.Thisis
youbecause it bendsawayfromthestraightbeams
one good reason to driveslower.
Steering in Emergencies
Therearetimeswhensteeringcanbemoreeffectivethanbraking.For
example,youcomeover a hill andfind a truckstoppedinyourlane,or
a
or a childdartsoutfrombetween
carsuddenlypullsoutfromnowhere,
parkedcarsandstopsright
in front ofyou.You canavoidtheseproblemsby
braking-ifyou canstop in time.Butsometimesyoucan’t;thereisn’troom.
That’sthetimeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem.
Your vehiclecanperformverywellinemergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour
brakes.
Itisbetter to remove as muchspeed as youcanfrom a possiblecollision.
Thensteeraroundtheproblem,totheleftorrightdependingonthespace
available.
An emergencylikethisrequirescloseattentionand
a quickdecision. If you
9 and 3 o’clockpositions,
areholdingthesteeringwheelattherecommended
youcanturnit a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand.
as quickly straighten the
But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and just
4-1 9
Your Driving and the Road
wheelonceyouhaveavoidedtheobject.Youmustthenbeprepared
back to youroriginallaneandthenbraketoacontrolled
stop.
to steer
Dependingonyourspeed,thiscanberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver.
This isone of thereasonsdrivingexpertsrecommendthatyouuseyour
safetybeltsandkeepbothhandsonthesteeringwheel.
-
K2218
Thefactthatsuchemergencysituationsarealwayspossible
to practice defensive driving at all times.
Off-Road Recovery
Youmay findsometimethatyourrightwheelshavedropped
a road onto the shoulder while you're driving.
is agoodreason
off theedge of
If the level of theshoulder is onlyslightlybelowthepavement,recovery
off theacceleratorandthen, if thereisnothing in
shouldbefairlyeasy.Ease
of thepavement. You
the way, steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge
canturnthesteeringwheel
up to 1/4 turn untiltherightfronttirecontacts
thepavementedge.Then turn your steering wheel to go straightdownthe
roadway.
4-20
AM428002
If theshoulderappearstobeaboutfourinches
(100 mm)ormorebelowthe
If thereisnotenoughroomto
pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems.
pullentirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But
if the right front tire scrubs against the side
of thepavement,do NOT steer
moresharply.With too muchsteeringangle,thevehiclemayjumpbackonto
theroadwith so muchsteeringinputthatitcrossesoverintotheoncoming
trafficbeforeyoucanbringitbackundercontrol.
Instead,easeoffagainontheacceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethe
try again.
pavementoncemore,then
Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits
forjusttherightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then
A simplemaneuver?
goesbackintotherightlaneagain.
Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicleonatwo-lanehighway
is a
potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane
A miscalculation,anerror in
asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds.
to frustration or angercansuddenlyputthe
judgment,orabriefsurrender
all trafficaccidents-thehead-on
passing driver face to facewiththeworstof
collision.
So here are some tips
for passing:
“Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad,
to thesides,and to crossroadsfor
situationsthatmightaffect your passingpatterns. If youhaveanydoubt
whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime.
4-21
Your Driving and the Road
Watch fortrafficsigns,pavementmarkings,andlines.
If youcanseea
sign upaheadthatmightindicatea
turn or an intersection,delayyour
it’s allright to pass
pass. A brokencenterlineusuallyindicates
(providingtheroadaheadisclear).Nevercrossasolidline
onyourside
of the lane or a double solid line,even if theroadseemsempty of
approaching traffic.
If yoususpectthatthedriver
of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware
ofyourpresence,tapthehornacoupleoftimesbeforepassing.
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you’re
awaitinganopportunity. For onething,followingtoocloselyreducesyour
area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle.Also,you
if thevehicleaheadsuddenlyslows
or stops.
won’thaveadequatespace
Keepbackareasonabledistance.
to pass is comingup,start to accelerate
Whenitlookslikeachance
so
butstay in therightlaneanddon’tgettooclose.Timeyourmove
you will be increasing speed as the time comes
to move into the other
lane. If the way is clear to pass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that
morethanmakesupforthedistanceyouwouldlose
by droppingback.
And if somethinghappens to causeyou to cancelyourpass,youneed
onlyslow downanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.
If other cars are lined up to passaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But
to passyouasyoupullouttopass
takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttrying
the slow vehicle.Remember to glanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe
blindspot.
Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyour
left lane
changesignalbeforemovingout
of therightlanetopass.
Whenyou
are farenoughahead of thepassedvehicle to seeitsfront in your
insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto
therightlane.(Rememberthatyourrightoutsidemirror
is convex.The
vehicle you just passed mayseem to be farther awayfrom you than it
reallyis).
Try not to passmore than onevehicleatatimeontwo-laneroads.
Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicletoorapidly.Eventhoughthe
brake lights arenotflashing, it maybe slowingdown or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the following driver
ofyou.Perhapsyou
caneasea little to theright.
4-22
to get ahead
Loss of Control
Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthethree
controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction
where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying
escaperouteorareaoflessdanger.
to steer,andconstantlyseekan
Skidding
In askid,adrivercanlosecontrolofthevehicle.Defensivedriversavoid
to existingconditions,andbynot
mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuited
“overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskidsarealwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems.
In thebrakingskidyourwheelsaren’trolling.
In the steering or cornering
skid, too muchspeedorsteering in a curvecausestirestoslipandlose
cornering force. And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the
drivingwheelstospin.
A corneringskidandanaccelerationskidarebesthandled
by easingyour
foot off the acceleratorpedal. If your vehicle starts to slide (as when you turn
or ice-covered road), ease your foot off the
acorneronawet,snowto slide.Quicklysteer
acceleratorpedalassoonasyoufeelthevehiclestart
to go. If youstartsteeringquicklyenough,your
the wayyouwantthevehicle
vehiclewillstraightenout. As itdoes,straightenthefrontwheels.
or othermaterial
Of course,traction is reducedwhenwater,snow,ice,gravel,
to
is on the road. For safety,you’llwant to slowdownandadjustyourdriving
theseconditions. It is important to slowdownonslipperysurfacesbecause
stoppingdistancewillbelongerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited.
try yourbesttoavoid
Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,
suddensteering,acceleration, or braking(includingenginebrakingbyshifting
toalowergear).Anysuddenchangescouldcausethetirestoslide.
You
maynotrealizethesurfaceisslipperyuntilyourvehicleisskidding.Learnto
recognizewarningclues-such
as enoughwater,iceorpackedsnowonthe
road to makea“mirroredsurface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany
doubt.
Remember:Any anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)helpsavoidonlythebraking
to go.
skid. Steer the way you want
4-23
Driving Guidelines (Utility Models)
Thismultipurposepassengervehicleisdefinedas
a utilityvehiclein
ConsumerInformationRegulationsissuedbytheNationalHighwayTraffic
SafetyAdministration(NHTSA)oftheUnitedStatesDepartment
of
Transportation.Utilityvehicleshavehighergroundclearanceand
a narrower
of performingin a widevariety of off-road
tracktomakethemcapable
applications.Specificdesigncharacteristicsgivethem
a highercenterof
gravitythanordinarycars.Anadvantage
of thehighergroundclearance is a
better view of theroadallowingyoutoanticipateproblems.Theyarenot
designedforcorneringatthesamespeedsasconventional2-wheeldrive
vehiclesanymorethanlow-slungsportscarsaredesignedtoperform
satisfactorilyunderoff-roadconditions. Ifat all possible,avoidsharpturnsor
this
abruptmaneuvers. As withothervehiclesofthistype,failuretooperate
vehiclecorrectlymayresult
in loss of control orvehiclerollover.
OffmRoadDriving with Your Four-Wheel
Drive Vehicle
Thisoff-roadguide is forvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.(Also,see
If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive,
“Anti-lockBrakes”intheIndex.)
a level,solidsurface.
youshouldn’tdriveoff-roadunlessyou’reon
Off-roaddrivingcanbegreatfun.But
itdoeshavesomedefinitehazards.
Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself.
“Off-roading” meansyou’ve leftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind.
Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns.
or downhill. In short,you’vegoneright
Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphill
back to nature.
Off-roaddrivinginvolves somenewskills.Andthat’swhyit’sveryimportant
that you read this guide. You’ll find many drivingtipsandsuggestions.These
will helpmakeyouroff-roaddrivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethings
to do beforeyougoout.Forexample,besure
to
have all necessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall
theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicle
in thismanual. Is there
fluid levelsupwhere
enoughfuel? Is thesparetirefullyinflated?Arethe
they should be? What are the
local laws that apply to off-roading where you’ll
bedriving? If you don’t know, youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople
If so, besure to getthe
inthearea.Willyoubeonsomeone’sprivateland?
necessary permission.
4-24
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Therearesomeimportantthingstorememberabouthowtoloadyour
vehicle.
Theheaviestthingsshouldbeontheloadfloorandforward
axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.
so drivingontheoff-roadterrain
Besuretheloadissecuredproperly,
doesn’t toss things around.
CAUTION
ofyourrear
rn
m
m
Cargo on the load floor piled higherthantheseatbackscan
be
thrown forward during a suddenstop. You or yourpassengers
could be injured. Keep cargo below thetopoftheseatbacks.
Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when
driving over rough terrain. You or yourpassengerscanbestruck
by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.
and
Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s center of gravity,
making .it more likely to roll over.You can be seriously or fatally
injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavyloadsinsidethecargo
area, not on the roof. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far
low as possible.
forward
You’ll findotherimportantinformation
in thismanual.See“VehicleLoading”,
“LuggageCarrier”and“Tires”intheIndex.
Traveling to Remote Areas
Itmakessensetoplanyourtrip,especiallywhengoingtoa
:emotearea.
Knowtheterrainandplanyourroute.
You aremuchlesslikely to getbad
surprises.Getaccuratemaps of trails and terrain. Try to learn of anyblocked
or closedroads.
It‘s alsoagoodideatotravelwithatleastoneothervehicle.
happenstoone ofthem,theothercanhelpquickly.
If something
If so, besure to readthewinch
Doesyourvehiclehaveawinch?
if yougetstuck.But
instructions. In aremotearea, a winchcanbehandy
you’llwanttoknowhow
to use it properly.
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
It’s a good idea topracticeinanareathat’ssafeandclosetohomebefore
yougointothewilderness.Off-roaddrivingdoesrequiresomenewand
different driving skills. Here’s what we mean.
4-25
I
Your Driving and the Road
Tuneyoursenses to different kinds of signals. Youreyes,forexample,need
to constantlysweeptheterrainforunexpectedobstacles.
Yourearsneed to
listenforunusualtireorenginesounds.Withyourarms,hands,feet,and
to vibrationsandvehiclebounce.
bodyyou’llneedtorespond
Controlling your vehicleisthe key to successfuloff-roaddriving.One of the
is to control yourspeed.Herearesome
bestwaystocontrolyourvehicle
things to keepinmind. At higherspeeds:
youapproachthingsfasterandyouhavelesstimetoscantheterrain
for obstacles.
youhavelesstimetoreact.
youhavemorevehiclebouncewhenyoudriveoverobstacles.
you’llneedmoredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan
unpavedsurface.
A
When
you’re
driving
off road,
bouncing
and
quick
changes
in
directioncaneasilythrowyouout
of position.Thiscouldcauseyou
So, whetheryouaredrivingonor
off the
tolosecontrolandcrash.
road,youandyourpassengersshouldwearyoursafetybelts.
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you over
to befamiliarwiththeterrainand
things to consider.
many different kinds of terrain. You need
its manydifferentfeatures.Herearesome
Surface Conditions
Off-roadingcantakeyouoverhard-packed
dirt, gravel,rocks,grass,sand,
mud,snow orice.Each ofthesesurfaces affectsthesteering,acceleration,
andbraking ofyour vehicle in different ways.Dependingupon thekind of
surfaceyouareon,you
mayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning,
delayedacceleration,poortraction,andlongerbrakingdistances.
Surface Obstacles
Unseenorhiddenobstaclescanbehazardous.
A rock,log,hole,rut,or
bumpcanstartleyou if you’re notpreparedforthem.Oftentheseobstacles
are hidden by grass,bushes,snow or eventheriseandfalloftheterrain
itself.Herearesomethings
to consider:
Is thepathaheadclear?
Willthesurfacetexturechangeabruptlyupahead?
4-26
I
Doesthetravel take youuphill or downhill?(There’smorediscussion
thesesubjectslater.)
Willyouhave
of
to stopsuddenlyorchangedirectionquickly?
Whenyoudriveoverobstacles
or roughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe
steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs,
or othersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel
out ofyourhands if you’renotprepared.
Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks,
or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave
or twowheels,youcan’tcontrol
theground. If thishappens,evenwithone
the vehicle as well or at all.
Becauseyouwill be onanunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant
suddenacceleration,suddenturns,orsuddenbraking.
to avoid
In away, off-road drivingrequiresadifferent kind of alertnessfromdrivingon
pavedroadsandhighways.Therearenoroadsigns,postedspeedlimitsor
signallights. You have to useyour own goodjudgmentaboutwhatissafe
andwhatisn’t.
I CAUTION
Drinkinganddrivingcanbeverydangerous
onanyroad.Andthisis
-b certainly true for off-road driving. At the very time you need special
alertnessanddrivingskills,yourreflexes,perceptionsandjudgment
of alcohol. You could have
canbeaffectedbyevenasmallamount
if youdrinkanddriveorridewith
a serious-or evenfatal-accident
a driver whohasbeen drinking.(See“DrunkenDriving”
in the
Index.)
Driving On Oft-Road Hills
Off-roaddriving often takesyou up,down,oracrossahill.Drivingsafelyon
hills requires good judgment and an understanding
ofwhatyour vehicle can
andcan’tdo.There
are somehills that simplycan’tbedriven,nomatterhow
well-built the vehicle.
I CAUTION
A
6
Many hills are simplytoosteepforanyvehicle.
If youdriveupthem,
2 youwillstall. If youdrivedownthem,youcan’tcontrolyourspeed.
If
you driveacrossthem,you
will roll over.You couldbeseriously
injuredorkilled. If youhaveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t
drive the hill.
4-27
Your Driving and the Road
Approaching a Hill
Whenyouapproachahill,youneed
to decide if it’soneofthose
hills that’s
justtoosteep to climb,descend,orcross.Steepnesscanbehard
to judge.
On averysmallhill,forexample,theremaybe
a smooth,constantincline
withonlyasmallchangeinelevationwhereyoucaneasilyseealltheway
to thetop.Onalargehill,theincline
maygetsteeperas
you nearthetop,
butyou may not see thisbecausethecrest of thehill ishiddenbybushes,
grass,orshrubs.
Herearesomeotherthings
to considerasyouapproacha
hill.
e
Is there a constant incline, or does the hill get sharply steeper
places?
in
e
Is theregoodtractiononthehillside,
slipping?
e
Isthereastraightpath
turningmaneuvers?
e
Are thereobstructions on the hill thancanblockyourpath(boulders,
trees,logsorruts)?
e
What’sbeyondthehill?
Is thereacliff,anembankment,adrop-off,a
if you don’tknow.It’s the smartway to
fence?Getoutandwalkthehill
find out.
0
Isthehillsimplytoorough?Steephillsoftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs
andexposedrocksbecausetheyaremoresusceptibletotheeffects
erosion.
or will the surfacecause tire
up or downthe hill so youwon’thave
Driving Uphill
Onceyoudecideyoucansafelydriveupthehill,youneed
specialsteps.
to make
of
to take some
e
Usealowergearandgetafirmgriponthesteeringwheel.
e
Getasmoothstartupthe
hill andtry to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse
morepowerthanyouneed,becauseyoudon’twantyourwheels
to start
spinning orsliding.
e
Try to drivestraight up the hill if at all possible. If the path twistsand
turns,youmightwant to findanotherroute.
4-28
I
Turningordrivingacrosssteephillscanbedangerous.
You could
losetraction,slidesideways,andpossiblyrollover.
You could be
seriouslyinjured orkilled.Whendrivinguphills,alwaystry
to go
straight
up.
h
Easeuponyourspeed
as youapproachthetop
Attacha flag to thevehicle to makeyoumorevisible
traffic on trails or hills.
Soundthe horn asyouapproachthetopof
know you’re there.
Useyourheadlightsevenduringthe
oncomingtraffic.
of thehill.
to approaching
hill to letopposingtraffic
day. Theymakeyoumorevisibleto
I CAUTION
’ rf\
1
Driving to the top(crest) of ahillat full speedcancausean
ccident. Therecouldbeadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven
anothervehicle. You could beseriouslyinjured orkilled. As younear
thetop of ahill, slowdown andstayalert.
Q: Whatshould I do if my vehiclestalls,
makeitup
or is about to stall,and I can’t
the hill?
A: If thishappens,therearesomethingsyoushoulddo,andtherearesome
thingsyoumustnotdo.First,here’swhatyoushoulddo:
Pushthebrakepedal
to stopthevehicleandkeep
backwards. Also, applytheparkingbrake.
it fromrolling
If yourengine is stillrunning,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release
theparkingbrake,andslowlybackdown
the hill in reverse.
If yourenginehasstoppedrunning,you’llneed
to restartit.Withthe
brake pedal depressedandtheparkingbrake
still applied, shift the
transmission to P (Park)(or,shiftto N (Neutral) if yourvehiclehasa
to reverse,
manualtransmission)andrestarttheengine.Then,shift
in reverse.
releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill
Asyou are backing down the hill,putyourlefthand
on thesteering
wheelatthe 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeable to tell if your
wheelsarestraightorturned
to the left or rightasyoubackdown.
4-29
Herearesomethingsyou
whengoingupahill.
mustnot do if youstall,orareabout
to stall,
Neverattempt to preventastallbyshiftinginto
N (Neutral)(or
to “rev-up”the
depressingtheclutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission)
engineandregainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork.
Your vehiclewill
of control.
rollbackwardsveryquicklyandyoucouldgoout
Instead,applytheregularbrake
to stopthevehicle.Thenapplytheparking
brake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdown.
Neverattempt to turnaroundifyouareabout
to stallwhengoingupa
to stall yourvehicle,it’ssteepenough
to
hill. If thehillissteepenough
causeyou to rollover if youturnaround. If youcan’tmakeitupthe
hill,youmustbackdownthehill.
Q: Suppose,after stalling, I trytobackdown
can’t do it. What should I do?
the hill anddecide I just
A: Settheparkingbrake,putyourtransmissionin
P (Park)(orthemanual
off theengine.Leavethevehicleandgo
transmissioninfirstgear),andturn
of thepaththevehicle
getsomehelp.Exit on theuphillsideandstayclear
to N (Neutral)
wouldtake if it rolleddownhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase
it insomegear.
whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave
Shifting thetransfer case to N (Neutral)can cause your vehicleto
in P (Park) (or, if you Rave the
manualtransmission, even if you’re in gear).Thisis because the N
(Neutral)position on the transfer case overridesthetransmission. If
you aregoingto leave your vehicle,settheparkingbrakeand
shift
thetransmissionto P (Park) (or, put yourmanualtransmissioninfirst
gear). But do notshiftthetransfer
case to the N (Neutral)position.
Leave the transfer case in the 2 Wheel, 4 High or 4 Low position.
rn ‘ roll even if thetransmissionis
I
Driving Downhill
Whenoff-roadingtakesyoudownhill,you’llwant
things:
Howsteepisthedownhill?Will
to consideranumber
of
I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
What’sthesurfacelike?Smooth?Rough?Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Gravel?
Are therehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?Logs?Boulders?
4-30
I
What’satthebottom
of thehill? Is thereahiddencreekbankorevena
riverbottomwithlargerocks?
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,then
try to keepyourvehicle
headedstraightdown,andusealow
gear. This way,enginedragcan
help
yourbrakesandtheywon’thave
to do all the work.Descendslowly,keeping
yourvehicleundercontrolatalltimes.
’ [ Heavybrakingwhengoingdown
I
a hillcancauseyourbrakes
to
overheatandfade.Thiscouldcause
loss of controlandaserious
accident.Applythebrakeslightlywhendescendinga
hill andusea
gear
low
tovehicle
control.
under
speed
keep
Q: Aretheresomethings
I should not do whendrivingdowna
A: Yes! Theseareimportantbecause
controlandhave a seriousaccident.
hill?
1
if youignorethemyoucouldlose
Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyou
&%C>Ss theincline of the
hill. A hillthat’snot too steep to drivedownmaybe too steep to drive
across. You could roll over if youdon’tdrivestraightdown.
Nevergodownhillwiththetransmissionin
N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch
pedal depressed in amanualshift.Thisiscalled“free-wheeling.”
Your
brakeswillhave to doalltheworkandcouldoverheatandfade.
Q: Am I likely to stall whengoingdownhill?
A: It’smuchmorelikely to happengoinguphill,But
downhill,here’swhat to do.
Stopyourvehicle
brake.
if it happensgoing
by applying the regularbrakes.Apply
the parking
Shift to P (Park)(or to Neutralwiththemanualtransmission)
still braking,restarttheengine.
Shiftback to alowgear,
down.
If theenginewon’tstart,get
and,while
releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight
out andgethelp.
Driving Across an Incline
Soonerorlater,an off-road trailwillprobably goacrosstheincline of a hill. If
thishappens,youhave to decidewhether to try to driveacrosstheincline.
Here are some things to consider:
4-3 1
Your Driving and the Road
0
A hillthatcanbedrivenstraightup
ordownmaybetoosteep
to drive
across.Whenyougostraightupordownahill,thelengthof
the wheel
base (the distance from the front wheels to the rear
wheels)reducesthe
likelihood the vehicle will tumble end over
end.Butwhenyou
drive
acrossanincline,themuchmorenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance
betweentheleftandrightwheels)maynotpreventthevehiclefrom
tilting androllingover. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight
or arollover.
onthedownhillwheels.Thiscouldcauseadownhillslide
Surfaceconditionscanbeaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossa
hill. Loose
gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrasscancauseyourtires
to slip
sideways,downhill. If thevehicleslipssideways, it canhitsomethingthat
roll over.
willtrip it (arock,arut,etc.)and
0
Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness
of theinclineevenworse.If
youdriveacrossarockwiththeuphillwheels,orifthedownhillwheels
drop intoarut or depression,yourvehiclecan tilt evenmore.
to decidecarefullywhether to try to drive
For reasonslikethese,youneed
acrossanincline.Justbecausethe
trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean
youhave to driveit.Thelastvehicle
to tryitmighthaverolledover.
CAUTION
A
Drivingacrossaninclinethat’s
too steep will makeyour vehicleroll
over.You couldbeseriouslyinjured or killed. If youhaveanydoubt
aboutthesteepnessoftheincline,don’tdriveacrossit.Findanother
route
instead.
I
Q: WhatifI’mdriving
across aninclinethat’snottoosteep,but
I hit
to slidedownhill.What should I do?
someloosegravelandstart
A: Ifyoufeelyourvehiclestartingtoslidesideways,turndownhill.This
shouldhelpstraightenoutthevehicleandpreventthesideslipping.However,
amuchbetterwaytopreventthis
is to getoutand“walkthecourse”
knowwhatthesurface is like before you drive it.
so you
Stalling on an Incline
If yourvehiclestalls whenyou’recrossinganincline,besure
you (andyour
if thedoorthereisharder
to
passengers)getoutontheuphillside,even
starts to roll over,
open. If yougetoutonthedownhillsideandthevehicle
you’llberightinitspath.
If youhave to walk downtheslope,stayoutofthe
if it does rollover.
4-32
path thevehiclewilltake
AM440002
I
Gettingoutonthedownhill(low)side
of avehiclestoppedacrossan
F\
- , inclineisdangerous. Ifthevehiclerollsover,youcouldbecrushed
orkilled.Alwaysgetoutontheuphill(high)side
stay well clear of the rollover path.
of thevehicleand
Driving In Mud, Sand, Snow, Or Ice
Whenyoudriveinmud,snoworsand,yourwheelswon’tgetgoodtraction.
You can’taccelerateasquickly,turningismoredifficult,andyou’llneed
longerbrakingdistances.
It’s besttousealowgearwhenyou’reinmud-thedeeperthemud,the
to keepyourvehiclemoving
lowerthegear.Inreallydeepmud,theideais
so youdon’tgetstuck.
it will
Whenyoudriveonsand,you’llsenseachangeinwheeltraction.But
dependuponhowlooselypackedthesandis.Onlooselypackedsand(as
on beachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltendtosinkintothesand.This
hasaneffectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking.
Youmaywant toreduce
This willimprove
theairpressure in yourtiresslightlywhendrivingonsand.
traction.
Hardpackedsnow and iceoffertheworsttiretraction.Onthesesurfaces,it’s
so poor
veryeasytolosecontrol.Onwetice,forexample,thetractionis
if you do getmoving,poor
thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And
of control.
steeringanddifficultbrakingcancauseyoutoslideout
4-33
I
CAUTION
If\ Drivingonfrozenlakes,ponds
or riverscanbedangerous.
Underwater springs, currents under the ice,
orsuddenthaws can
weakentheice.Your
vehicle could fall throughtheiceandyouand
yourpassengers could drown.Driveyourvehicleonsafesurfaces
only.
L-
I
t
Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecialoff-roaddrivingproblems.Butheavyraincan
meanflashflooding,andfloodwatersdemandextremecaution.
Findout howdeepthewater is beforeyoudrivethroughit.Ifit’sdeep
enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’ttryit-you
probablywon’tgetthrough.Also,waterthatdeepcandamageyouraxleand
other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’ttoodeep,thendrivethrough
it slowly.Atfastspeeds,water
splashesonyourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso
is
occur if yougetyour tailpipeunderwater.And,aslongasyourtailpipe
underwater, you’ll never beable to startyourengine.Whenyougothrough
it may take youlonger to
water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet,
stop.
I
CAUTION
C
Drivingthroughrushingwatercanbedangerous.Deepwatercan
sweepyourvehicledownstreamandyouandyourpassengerscould
drown.Ifit’sonlyinchesdeep,
it canstill washaway theground
fromunderyourtires,andyoucouldlosetractionandrollthevehiclc
over.Don’tdrivethroughrushingwater.
After Off-Road Driving
Removeanybrushordebristhathascollectedontheunderbody,chassis,or
under the hood.Theseaccumulationscanbeafirehazard.
Afteroperation in mudorsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked.
Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody
structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage.
Also, checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage.
Your vehiclewillrequiremorefrequentservice
Section 7 for additional information.
4-34
due to off-road use,Referto
Driving at Night
me--===
AN450003
Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereason
is that some
or drugs,withnightvision
driversarelikely to be impaired-byalcohol
problems, or by fatigue.
Herearesometipsonnightdriving.
Drivedefensively.Remember,thisisthemostdangeroustime.
Don’tdrinkanddrive
this problem).
(See “DrunkenDriving” in theIndexformoreon
Adjustyourinsiderearviewmirrortoreducetheglarefromheadlights
behindyou.
Sinceyoucan’tseeaswell,youmayneed
to slowdownandkeep
morespacebetweenyouandothervehicles.It’shard
to tell howfast
the vehicle ahead is going just by looking at its taillights.
Slowdown,especiallyonhigherspeedroads.
uponly so muchroadahead.
Your headlightscanlight
In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired, pull off the road in asafeplaceandrest.
Night Vision
No onecanseeaswellat
night as in thedaytime.Butas weget older
least twice as
thesedifferencesincrease. A 50-year-olddrivermayrequireat
muchlight to seethesame thing atnightasa20-year-old.
4-35
Your Driving and the Road
Whatyou do in thedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample,
if
youspendthedayinbrightsunshineyouarewise
to wearsunglasses.Your
eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjustingtonight.
But if you’redriving,don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon
glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealot
of thingsinvisiblethatshould
remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,obstacles,pedestrians,oreventrains
blockingrailwaycrossings. Youmaywant to putonyoursunglassesafteryou
havepulledintoabrightly-lightedservice
orrefreshmentarea.Eyesshielded
to darknessbackontheroad.But
fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly
besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea.
You canbetemporarilyblindedbyapproachinglights.
It cantakeasecondor
to thedark.When
two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyestoreadjust
youarefacedwithsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlowerthehigh
beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid
If thereisaline
of opposing
staringdirectlyintotheapproachinglights.
traffic,makeoccasionalglancesovertheline
of headlights to makecertain
thatone of thevehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare
past thebrightlights,giveyoureyestime
to readjustbeforeresumingspeed.
High Beams
If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshighbeamson,signalbyflickingyours
to highandthenback
to low beam.Thisistheusualsignaltolowerthe
headlightbeams. If theotherdriverstilldoesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe
temptation to putyourhighbeamson.Thisonlymakestwohalf-blinded
drivers.
Ona freeway,useyourhighbeamsonlyinremoteareaswhereyouwon’t
impairapproachingdrivers.Insomeplaces,likecities,usinghighbeamsis
illegal.
Whenyoufollowanothervehicleonafreewayorhighway,uselowbeams.
True,mostvehiclesnowhaveday-nightmirrorsthatenablethedriverto
of thistypeandhighbeamsfrom
reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot
behindcanbotherthedriverahead.
A Few More Night Driving Suggesiions
Keepyourwindshieldandalltheglass
on yourvehicleclean-insideandout.
on theglass.Eventheinsideof
Glareatnightismademuchworsebydirt
theglasscanbuild up afilmcausedbydust.Tobaccosmokealsomakes
be a visionhazard if it’sleftthere.
inside glass surfacesveryfilmyandcan
Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould,
makingthepupils of youreyescontractrepeatedly.Youmightevenwant
4-36
to
keep a cloth andsomeglasscleaner
your glass frequently.
in yourvehicle if youneed to clean
Remember that your headlights light up far less
in a turn or curve.
Keepyoureyesmoving;thatway,it’s
of aroadwaywhenyouare
easier to pickoutdimlylightedobjects.
Justasyourheadlightsshouldbecheckedregularlyforproperaim,
youreyesbeexaminedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight
blindness-the inability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenawareofit.
so should
Driving in the Rain
AN455012
Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.Onawetroadyoucan’tstop,
accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyourtire-to-roadtractionisn’t
as goodas
i
f
your
tires
don’t
have
much
tread
left,
you’ll
get
even
ondryroads.And,
less traction.
if rainstartsto fall whileyou
It’salwayswise to goslowerandbecautious
aredriving.Thesurfacemaygetwetsuddenlywhenyourreflexesaretuned
fordrivingon dry pavement.
Theheaviertherain,theharder
it is to see.Even if yourwindshieldwiper
bladesare in goodshape,aheavyraincanmakeitharder
to seeroadsigns
andtrafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge
of the road,andeven
peoplewalking.Roadspraycan
often beworseforvisionthanrain,
especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.
4-37
So itiswisetokeepyourwipingequipmentin
good shapeandkeep your
windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey
or whenstrips of
showsignsofstreakingormissingareasonthewindshield,
rubber start to separate from the inserts,
AN455018
Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddlesorevengoingthroughsomecar
washescancauseproblems, too. Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes.
avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem.
Try to
in aquick
Wetbrakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwell
stop and may cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of
the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of wateroracar wash, apply
work normally.
your brake pedal lightly until your brakes
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwatercan buildupunder your tiresthat
if theroadiswet
theycanactuallyrideonthewater.Thiscanhappen
it
enoughandyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicleishydroplaning,
haslittleornocontactwiththeroad.
Youmightnot beawareofhydroplaning.Youcoulddrivealongforsometime
You could
withoutrealizingyourtiresaren’tinconstantcontactwiththeroad.
to slow, turn,moveoutto
pass-or if
findoutthehardway:whenyouhave
yougethitbyagust
of wind.Youcouldsuddenlyfindyourselfout
of control.
4-38
Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.Butitcan
if yourtireshaven’tmuchtread
or if thepressureinoneormoreis
low. It canhappen if a lot of wateris
standingontheroad.Ifyoucanseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles,
orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe
hydroplaning.
Hydroplaningusuallyhappens on higherspeedroads.Therejustisn’tahard
andfastruleabouthydroplaning.Thebestadviceistoslowdownwhen
raining,andbecareful.
it is
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmake
morevisibletoothers.
Lookforhard-to-seevehiclescomingfrombehind.
Youmaywanttouse
yourheadlightsevenindaytime
if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe
especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore
clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad
spray. If theroadspray is so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback.
Don’tpassuntilconditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowlyisbetterthan
havinganaccident.
Useyourdefogger
if it helps.
Havegoodtireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires”intheIndex.)
4-39
you
Your Driving and the Road
~~
~
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
1
AN459006
Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidityorheavyfrost.Itcanbe
so mildthatyou
it mightbe so thick
canseethroughitforseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or
thatyoucanseeonlyafewfeet(meters)ahead.Itmaycomesuddenly
to
anotherwiseclearroad.And
it canbeamajorhazard.
Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The
biggestdangersarestrikingthevehicleaheadorbeingstruckbytheone
behind.Tryto “read”thefogdensity downtheroad.Ifthevehicleahead
starts to becomelessclear or, atnight, if thetaillightsarehardertosee,the
fog is probablythickening.Slowdowntogivetrafficbehindyouachance
to
slowdown.Everybodythenhasabetterchance
to avoid hitting the vehicle
ahead.
A patch of densefogmayextendonly
for a fewfeet(meters)orformiles
(kilometers);youcan’treally tell whileyou’re in it. You canonlytreatthe
situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimes
called mistorgroundfog-can
happen in weather that seemsperfect,especiallyatnightor
in theearly
morning in valleyandlow,marshyareas.You
can besuddenlyenvelopedin
thick, wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield.Youcanoftenspotthese
fogpatches or mistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe
or dipintoashallow valley. Start
waiting for you asyoucomeoverahill
your windshieldwipersandwashertohelpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow
downcarefully.
4-40
Tips on Driving in Fog
If you get caught infog,turnyourheadlightsonlowbeam,evenindaytime.
foglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
You’ll see-andbeseen-better.Useyour
Don’tuseyourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce
makeupfogandreflectbackatyou.
off thewaterdropletsthat
a lightbuildup of moisture on the
Useyourdefogger.Inhighhumidity,even
inside of theglass will cutdown on youralreadylimitedvisibility.Runyour
on the
windshieldwiperandwasheroccasionally.Moisturecanbuildup
outsideglass,andwhatseemstobefogmayactuallybemoistureonthe
outside ofyourwindshield.
to pull offtheroad.Of
Treatdensefogasanemergency.Trytofindaplace
courseyouwanttorespectanother’sproperty,butyoumightneedtoput
somethingbetweenyouandmovingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles,
aprivatedriveway,anythingthatremovesyoufromothertraffic.
If visibilityisnearzeroandyoumuststopbutareunsurewhetheryouare
on, startyourhazardwarningflasher,
awayfromtheroad,turnyourlights
andsoundyourhornatintervalsorwhenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
if youcanseefarenoughaheadtopass
Passothervehiclesinfogonly
safely.Eventhen,bepreparedtodelayyourpassifyoususpectthefogis
worseupahead. If othervehiclestry to passyou,make it easyforthem.
4-41
Your Driving and the Road
City Driving
AN460004
One of thebiggestproblemswithcitystreetsisamount
of trafficonthem.
You’llwant to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay
attention to traffic signals.
Hereareways
e
to increase yoursafety in citydriving:
Know thebestway to gettowhereyouaregoing.Try
not to drive
around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get a city map
and plan your tripintoanunknownpart
of the city just as you would
a cross-country trip.
e
Try to usethefreewaysthatrimandcrisscrossmostlargecities.You’ll
savetimeandenergy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)
e
Treat a greenlight as awarningsignal. A trafficlight is therebecause
thecorner is busyenough to need it. Whena lightturnsgreen,andjust
before youstart to move,check both waysforvehiclesthathavenot
clearedtheintersection ormaybe runningthe red light.
e
Obey all postedspeedlimits. But rememberthattheyareforidealroad,
weatherandvisibilityconditions. Youmay need to drivebelowthe
posted limit in badweatherorwhenvisibilityisespeciallypoor.
Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclear
or hear emergency vehicles.
4-42
of intersectionswhenyousee
for
Freeway Driving
Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways,
turnpikes,orsuperhighways)arethesafestofallroads.Buttheyhavetheir
own specialrules.
Themostimportantadviceonfreewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand
keep to the right. Drive at thesamespeedmost of theotherdrivers
driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft
laneonafreewayasapassinglane.
are
Entering the Freeway
At theentrancethereisusuallyarampthatleads
to the freeway. If youhave
aclearview of thefreewayasyoudrivealongtheentranceramp,you
shouldbegin to checktraffic.Trytodeterminewhereyouexpect
to blend
if itisheavy,
withtheflow. If traffic is light,youmayhavenoproblem.But
find agap as youmovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach.Try
to mergeintothegapatclose
to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyourturn
signal,checkyourrearviewmirrorsasyoumovealong,andglanceoveryour
shoulderas often asnecessary.Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Driving on the Freeway
Onceyouareonthefreeway,adjustyourspeed
to the posted limit or to the
want to pass. If
prevailingrate if it’s slower.Stay in therightlaneunlessyou
youareonatwo-lanefreeway,treat
the rightlaneastheslowlaneandthe
freeway, treatthe
leftlane as the passing lane. If youareonathree-lane
rightlane as theslower-speedthroughlane,themiddlelane
as the
higher-speedthroughlane,andtheleftlaneasthepassinglane.
4-43
Your Driving and the Road
Beforechanginglanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors.Thenuseyourturn
signal.Justbeforeyouleavethelane,glancequicklyoveryourshoulder
makesure thereisn’tanothervehicleinyour“blind”spot.
to
If youaremovingfromanoutsidetoacenterlaneonafreewayhaving
morethantwolanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout
to move intothe
samespot.Lookatthevehiclestwolanesoverandwatchfortelltalesigns:
turnsignalsflashing,anincreaseinspeed,ormovingtowardtheedge
of the
lane.Bepreparedtodelayyourmove.
Onceyouaremovingonthefreeway,makecertainyouallowareasonable
followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlysloweratnight.
Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwanttoleavethefreeway,movetotheproperlanewellin
advance.Dashingacrosslanesatthelastminuteisdangerous.Ifyoumiss
yourexitdonot,underanycircumstances,stopandbackup.Drive
next exit.
on tothe
At eachexitpointisadecelerationlane.Ideally
it shouldbelongenoughfor
you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling,
ofcourse)and thendo your
brakingbeforemovingontotheexitramp.Unfortunately,notalldeceleration
all thebraking.Decidewhen
lanesarelongenough-somearetooshortfor
if thereistraffic
to startbraking. If youmustbrakeonthethroughlane,and
closebehindyou,youcanallowalittleextratimeandflashyourbrakelights
(in addition to your turnsignal)asextrawarningthatyouareabout
to slow
downandexit.
is
Theexitrampcanbecurved,sometimesquitesharply.Theexitspeed
usuallyposted.Reduceyourspeedaccording
to yourspeedometer,not to
your sense of motion. After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you
may tend to thinkyou are goingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample,
40 mph (65 km/h)mightseemlikeonly
20 mph (30 kmlh). Obviously, this
20 mph (30 km/h)!
couldlead to serioustroubleonarampdesignedfor
Driving a Long Distance
Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremadeonfreeways,thereare
madeonregularhighways.
still many
Long-distancedriving onfreewaysandregularhighways
is thesame in some
ways.Thetriphastobeplannedandthevehicleprepared,youdriveat
higher-than-cityspeeds,and there arelongerturnsbehindthewheel.You’ll
in good shape.Hereare
enjoyyourtripmore if youandyourvehicleare
sometipsfor a successful long trip.
4-44
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready.
Try to be wellrested.Ifyoumuststartwhenyou’re
notfresh-suchasafteraday’swork-don’t
plan tomaketoomanymiles
that first part of thejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoesyoucan
easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyfora
long trip? If youkeep it servicedandmaintained,
it’s ready to go. If itneedsservice,have
it donebeforestartingout. Of
in yourvehicle’s
course,you’ll find experiencedandableserviceexperts
dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbereadyandwilling
to help if
youneed it.
Herearesomethingsyoucancheckbeforeatrip:
WindshieldWasherFluid:
inside and outside?
Is thereservoir full? Are allwindowsclean
WiperBlades: Are theyingoodshape?
Fuel, Engine Oil, OtherFluids: Haveyoucheckedalllevels?
Lights: Are they all working?Are the lensesclean?
Tires: Theyarevitallyimportant to a safe, trouble-free trip. Is the tread
goodenoughfor long distancedriving? Are thetiresallinflated to the
recommendedpressure?
e
WeatherForecasts: What’s theweatheroutlookalongyourroute?
Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system?
e
Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?
On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver,
it is good to sharethedrivingtaskwith
others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel
to about 100 miles (160 km)ortwo
hoursatasitting.Then,eitherchangedriversorstopforsomerefreshment
likecoffee, tea orsoftdrinksandsomelimberingup.Butdostopandmove
around.Eatlightlyalongthe
way.Heaviermeals tend to makesomepeople
sleepy.
Ontwo-lanehighways or undividedmultilanehighways that donothave
controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound
onfreeways.Examplesare:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith
directaccess to the highway, nopassingzonesandschoolzones,vehicles
turningleftandright off the road, pedestrians,cyclists, parked vehicles,and
evenanimals.
4-45
Your Driving and the Road
Highway Hypnosis
Is thereactuallysuchaconditionas“highwayhypnosis?”Oris
it just plain
it highwayhypnosis,lackofawareness,or
falling asleepatthewheel?Call
whatever.
Thereissomethingaboutaneasystretchofroadwiththesamescenery,
alongwiththe humof thetires on the road, thedrone of theengine,andthe
let it
rush of thewindagainstthevehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’t
happen to you! If it does,your vehiclecanleavetheroad
in lessthan a
second, andyoucouldcrashandbeinjured.
What canyoudoabouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethat
happen.
it can
Thenherearesometips:
Makesureyourvehicleiswellventilated,withacomfortablycoolinterior.
Keepyoureyesmoving.Scantheroadaheadand
to thesides.Check
your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time
to time.
Thiscanhelpyouavoidafixedstare.
Weargoodsunglasses
in brightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But
don’twearsunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your overall
vision at the verytimeyouneed
alltheseeingpoweryouhave.
If yougetsleepy, pull off theroadintoarest,service,
or parkingarea
andtakeanap,getsomeexercise,orboth.Forsafety,treatdrowsiness
onthehighwayasanemergency.
As inanydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate
followingdistances.
4-46
Hill and Mountain Roads
:.-..
,,
..;.
. ..
-
...
, ..
AM470001
Driving on steephills or mountains is differentfromdriving in flat orrolling
terrain. If youdriveregularly in steep country, or if you’replanning to visit
there,here are sometips that canmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable.
(See“Off-Road”intheIndex
for informationaboutdrivingoff-road.)
Keepyourvehicle in goodshape.Checkall
fluid levelsandalsothe
brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.These
parts can work
hardonmountainroads.
Knowhow to godownhills.The
most important thing to know is this:let
yourenginedosome of theslowingdown. Don’t makeyourbrakes do it
or long hill. That
all.Shift to alowergearwhenyougodownasteep
way,you willslowdownwithoutexcessiveuse
ofyourbrakes.
I
CAUT’oN
-v
A
If youdon’t shift down,yourbrakescouldget
so hotthatthey
wouldn’tworkwell.Youwould
thenhave poor braking or evennone
goingdownahill.
You could crash.Shiftdown to letyourengine
assist your brakesonasteepdownhillslope.
4-47
A
I
Coastingdownhill in N (Neutral)orwiththeignition
off is dangerous.
Your brakeswillhave to do allthework of slowing down.They could
couldcrash.Always
get so hotthattheywouldn’tworkwell.You
haveyourenginerunningandyourvehicle
in gearwhenyougo
downhill.
e
Knowhow to gouphill.Youmaywant
to shiftdown to alowergear.
Thelowergearshelp
cool yourengineandtransmission,andyoucan
climb the hill better.
e
Stay in yourown lane when drivingontwo-laneroads in hillsor
of theroad.Drive
mountains.Don’tswingwideorcutacrossthecenter
atspeedsthatletyoustay
in yourownlane.Thatway,youwon’t
be
surprisedby a vehiclecomingtowardyou in thesamelane.
It takes longer to passanothervehiclewhenyou’regoinguphill.You’ll
want to leaveextraroom to pass. If avehicleispassingyouand
doesn’thaveenough room, slowdown to make it easierfortheother
vehicle to get by.
e
As yougooverthetop
of ahill, be alert.Therecouldbesomethingin
yourlane,likeastalledcaroranaccident.
Youmayseehighwaysignsonmountains
thatwarn of specialproblems.
Examplesarelonggrades,passingorno-passingzones,afallingrocks
to theseandtakeappropriateaction.
area, or windingroads.Bealert
Winterdrivingcanpresentspecialproblems.See“WinterDriving”
Index.
4-48
in the
Parking on Hills
F
AM470025
Hills and mountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butplease
be carefulwhere
youstop if you decide to look at theviewortakepictures.Lookforpull-offs
or parking areas provided for scenic viewing.
Anotherpart of thismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking
Brake”intheIndex).Buton
a mountainorsteephill,youcandoonemore
thing. You can turn your front wheels to keepyourvehiclefromrolling
downhill or out into traffic.
4-49
Your Driving and fhe Road
Here’s how:
Downhill Parking
AN470032
Turn your wheelstotheright.
Youdon’thave to jam your tiresagainstthecurb,
contact is allyouneed.
4-50
if there is a curb. A gentle
Parking Uphill
AN470039
If thereisacurb,turnyourwheelstotheleft
of your vehicle.
if thecurbisattherightside
: .
.
.
AN470046
If you’regoinguphillonaone-waystreetandyou’reparkingontheleftside,
yourwheelsshouldpointtotheright.
4-51
Your Driving and the Road
AN470054
If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphill,turnthewheels
to theright.
If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphillontheleftside
street,yourwheelsshouldbeturnedtotheleft.
of aone-way
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If youareparkingonahillandyoudon’tshiftyourtransmissioninto
P
(Park)properly,theweightofthevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe
parkingpawlinthetransmission. Youmay find it difficult to pulltheshiftlever
To preventtorquelock,always
out of P (Park).Thisiscalled“torquelock.”
To find out
besure to shiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver’sseat.
how,see“ShiftingInto
P (Park)” in theIndex.
When you areready to drive,movetheselectorlever
BEFORE youreleasetheparkingbrake.
out of P (Park)
If “torquelock”doesoccur,youmayneed
to haveanothervehiclepush
so
yours a littleuphill to takesome of thepressurefromthetransmission,
youcanpulltheshiftleverout
of P (Park).
4-52
Winter Driving
r
AM480003
Here are some tips for winter driving.
Haveyourvehicleingoodshapeforwinter.Besureyourenginecoolant
mix iscorrect.
Snowtirescanhelpinloosesnow,buttheymaygiveyoulesstraction
If youdonotexpecttobedrivingindeep
onicethanregulartires.
snow, but mayhave to traveloverice,you maynotwant to switchto
snow tires at all.
Youmaywant
to putwinteremergencysupplies
in yourvehicle.
Include an icescraper, a smallbrushorbroom,
a supply of windshield
washerfluid, a rag,somewinterouterclothing,
a smallshovel, a flashlight, a
redcloth,and a couple of reflectivewarningtriangles.And, ifyou will be
driiing undersevereconditions,include a smallbagofsand,
a piece of old
carpetor a couple of burlapbagstohelpprovidetraction.
Besureyou
properly secure these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the road probably have
goodtraction.
However, if thereis snow oricebetweenyourtiresandtheroad,youcan
have a veryslipperysituation.You’llhave
a lotlesstractionor“grip”and
need to be very careful.
4-53
will
Your Driving and the Road
1
AN480018
What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”
Very cold snoworicecanbeslick
andhardtodriveon.But
wet icecanbeevenmoretroublebecauseitmay
offertheleasttraction of all. You canget“wetice”whenit’saboutfreezing
(32”F, 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall. Tryto avoiddrivingonwetice
untilsaltandsandcrewscangetthere.
Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloose
snow-drive
to breakthefragiletraction.Ifyou
withcaution.Accelerategently.Trynot
acceleratetoofast,thedrive wheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder
thetiresevenmore.
Your anti-lockbrakesimproveyourabilitytomakeahardstoponaslippery
road.Eventhoughyouhavetheanti-lockbrakingsystem,you’llwanttobegin
stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Anti-lock”inthe
Index.
Allowgreaterfollowingdistancesonanyslipperyroad.
Watchforslipperyspots.Theroadmightbefineuntilyouhitaspot
that’scoveredwithice. On anotherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay
appearinshadedareaswherethesuncan’treach:aroundclumps
of
trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurface
of a
curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare
clear. If youseea patch of ice ahead of you,brakebeforeyouareon
it. Trynot to brakewhileyou’reactuallyontheice,andavoidsudden
steering maneuvers.
4-54
I f You’re Caught in a Blizzard
I-
t
.
If you are stopped by heavysnow,you couldbe in aserioussituation. You
shouldprobablystaywith your vehicleunlessyouknowforsurethatyouare
some things to do to
nearhelpandyoucanhikethroughthesnow,Hereare
summonhelpandkeepyourselfandyourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour
hazard flashers.Tiea red cloth to your vehicle to alertpolicethatyou’ve
beenstoppedbythe snow.Puton extraclothing orwrap a blanketaround
you. If youhave no blankets or extraclothing,make body insulatorsfrom
can wraparound
newspapers,burlapbags,rags,floormats-anythingyou
yourself or tuckunderyour clothing to keepwarm.
You can runtheengine
to keepwarm, butbecareful.
Snowcantrapexhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscancause
CO could overcome
deadly CO (carbonmonoxide)gastogetinside.
youand kill you. Youcan’tsee it or smell it, so youmightnotknow
of your
it is in yourvehicle.Clearaway snow fromaroundthebase
vehicle,especiallyanythat is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck
to besuresnowdoesn’tcollectthere.
aroundagainfromtimetotime
I
Open a window just a little on the side of thevehiclethat’saway
from
the
wind.
This
will
help
keep
CO out.
4-55
Your Driving and the Road
AN480044
Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissaves
fuel.When you run
is, pushthe
theengine, make it goalittlefasterthanjustidle.That
it keeps
acceleratorslightly.Thisuses less fuelfortheheatthatyougetand
thebatterycharged. You willneedawell-charged battery to restartthe
vehicle,andpossibly for signaling later on with your headlights. Let theheater
runforawhile.Then, shut theengine off and close the window almost all the
way to preserve theheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonly
when
you feel really uncomfortablefromthe cold. But do it as littleas possible.
Preservethefuel as long as you can. To help keepwarm,youcangetout
of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half
hour or so
untilhelpcomes.
If You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
Thismanualexplainshow to getthevehicleout of deepsnowwithout
damagingit.See“RockingYourVehicle”
in theIndex.
Towing a mailer
I
A
If you don’tuse thecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan
lose control when you pull atrailer.Forexample, if the trailer is too
heavy, thebrakesmaynotwork
well-or evenatall. You andyour
if youhave
passengers could beseriouslyinjured.Pullatraileronly
followedallthesteps in thissection.
4-56
’
I NOTICE
Wing a trailer improperly can damage your vehicleand result in costly
epairs not covered by your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow the
I advice in this section.
Every vehicle is readyforsometrailertowing,
If it was built with trailering
options,asmanyare,it’sreadyforheaviertrailers.Buttrailering
is different
than just drivingyourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges
in handling,
durability,andfueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect
equipment,and it has to beusedproperly.
That’s thereasonforthissection.
In it are many time-tested,important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many
ofthese areimportantforyoursafety
andthat of yourpassengers, So pleasereadthissectioncarefullybefore
pullatrailer.
you
I f You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are someimportantpoints.
There are manydifferentlawshaving to do withtrailering.Makesure
yourrig will belegal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’llbe
driving. A goodsourceforthisinformationcanbestateorprovincial
police.
e
Considerusingswaycontrolwithautilitymodel
if yourtrailer will weigh
3,000 pounds (1361 kg) orless,orwithawagonmodel
if yourtrailer
willweigh 4,000 pounds (1800 kg)orless. You shouldalwaysusesway
if yourtrailerwillweighmore
than 3,000
controlwithautilitymodel
pounds (1361 kg),orwithawagon
model if yourtrailerwillweighmore
than 4,000 pounds (1800 kg).You can ask a hitchdealerabout sway
controls.
Don’ttowatraileratallduring
the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew
vehicle is driven. Your engine,axle,orotherparts
could bedamaged.
e
Then,during the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtowatrailer,don’t
driveover 50 mph (80 kmlh) anddon’tmakestartsatfullthrottle.That
of yourvehiclewear in at the
willhelpyourengineandotherparts
heavier loads.
4-57
Your Driving and the Road
Threeimportantconsiderationshavetodowithweight:
Weight of the Trailer
Howheavycanatrailersafelybe?
Forutilityvehicles,atrailershouldneverweighmorethan
(3175.2 kg).
7,000 pounds
Forwagonmodels,atrailershouldneverweighmorethan
pounds (6125.6 kg).
10,000
Buteventhatcanbetooheavy.Itdependsonhowyouplan
to useyourrig.
Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow
it canalso
muchyourvehicleisusedtopullatrailerallareimportant.And,
on yourvehicle.Youcan
dependon anyspecialequipmentthatyouhave
askyourdealerforourtraileringinformationoradvice,oryoucanwriteusat
theaddresslistedinyourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
Booklet.
In Canada,write to:
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 ColonelSamDrive
Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Thetongueload(A)ofanytraileris
an importantweighttomeasurebecause
itaffectsthetotal,grossweight
ofyourvehicle.Thegrossvehicleweight
of thevehicle,anycargoyoumaycarryin
it,
(GVW)includesthecurbweight
andthepeoplewhowillberidinginthevehicle.And
if youwilltowatrailer,
you mustaddthetongue
load tothe GVW becauseyourvehiclewillbe
carryingthatweight,too.See“Loading
YourVehicle” intheIndexformore
informationaboutyourvehicle’smaximumloadcapacity.
4-58
A
B
AN490002
If you’reusing a “dead-weight”hitch,thetrailertongue(A)shouldweigh
10%
ofthe total loadedtrailerweight (8).If youhave a “weight-distributing”hitch,
(B).
the trailer tongue (A) shouldweigh 12% of the total loaded trailer weight
Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weigh
the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weightsareproper. If theyaren’t,youmaybeable
togetthemrightsimply
by movingsomeitemsaround in thetrailer.
TotalWeight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated
to the limit for cold tires. You’ll find
door
thesenumbersontheCertificationlabelattherearedgeofthedriver’s
(orsee“Loading YourVehicle” intheIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’t
goover
the GVW limit for your vehicle.
Hitches
It’s important to havethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks
going by, androughroadsare
a fewreasonswhyyou’llneedtheright
hitch,
Herearesomerulestofollow:
If yourvehiclehas a stepbumperandyouaregoing
to use a ball-type
hitch,removethepadandcutholes
in it tomatchthehitchandsafety
chainholes in thebumper.
If you’llbepulling a trailerwith a utilitymodelthat,whenloaded,will
weighmorethan 3,000 pounds (1361 kg);orwith a wagonmodelthat
4,000 pounds (1800 kg), be sure to
when loaded, will weigh more than
of the
use a properly mounted weight-distributing hitch and sway control
proper size. This equipment is very important for proper vehicle loading
andgoodhandlingwhenyou’redriving.
4-59
Your Driving and 0% Road
Willyouhave to makeanyholes in thebodyofyourvehiclewhenyou
install atrailerhitch? If youdo, thenbesure to sealtheholeslater
If youdon’tsealthem,deadlycarbon
whenyouremovethehitch.
monoxide (CO) fromyourexhaustcangetintoyourvehicle(see“Carbon
Monoxide” in theIndex).Dirtandwatercan,too.
Safety Chains
You shouldalwaysattachchainsbetweenyourvehicleandyourtrailer.Cross
the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not
drop to theroad if itbecomesseparatedfromthehitch.Instructionsabout
safety chains maybe provided by thetrailermanufacturer.Followthe
manufacturer’srecommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just
enoughslack so youcan turn withyourrig.And,neverallowsafetychains
dragontheground.
to
Trailer Brakes
Ifyourtrailerweighsmorethan
1,000 pounds (450 kg)loaded,thenitneeds
to readandfollowthe
itsownbrakes-andtheymustbeadequate.Besure
instructions for the trailer brakes so you’llbeable to install, adjust and
maintainthemproperly.
Don’t tap into yourvehicle’sbrakesystem
if thetrailer’sbrakesystem will use
morethan 0.02 cubicinch (0.3 cc) of fluidfromyourvehiclesmastercylinder.
If it does,bothbrakingsystemswon’tworkwell.
You couldevenloseyour
brakes.
Will thetrailerbrakepartstake
3,000 psi (20 650 kPa)ofpressure? If
not,thetrailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyourvehicle.
If everythingchecksout this far, thenmakethebrakefluidtapatthe
to therearbrakes.Butdon’t
portonthemastercylinderthatsendsfluid
If youdo,itwillbendandfinallybreak
off.
usecoppertubingforthis.
Usesteelbraketubing.
Driving with a Trailer
Towinga trailerrequiresacertainamount
of experience.Beforesettingout
for the open road,you’llwant to get to knowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith
the feel of handling and braking with the added weight
of thetrailer.And
alwayskeepinmindthatthevehicleyouaredriving
is nowagooddeal
longerandnotnearly so responsive as yourvehicle is byitself.
Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical
If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes,
connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment.
start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller
by hand to besurethebrakes are working.This lets voucheckyour
electrical connection at the same time.
4-60
I
-
If youhavearear-mostwindowopenandyoupullatrailerwithyour
vehicle,carbonmonoxide (CO) could comeintoyourvehicle.
You
can’tseeorsmell CO. It cancauseunconsciousnessordeath(See
“EngineExhaust” in theIndex). To maximizeyoursafetywhentowing
a trailer:
Havetheexhaustsysteminspectedforleaksandmake
necessaryrepairsbeforestartingonyourtrip.
Keeptherear-mostwindowsclosed.
If exhaustdoescome into yourvehiclethroughawindowinthe
rear or another opening, drive with your front, main heating
or
This will
coolingsystem on andwiththefanonanyspeed.
bringfresh,outsideair into yourvehicle. Do notuse RECIR
because it onlyrecirculatestheairinsideyourvehicle.See
“ComfortControls” in theIndex.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure,and
that the lights andanytrailerbrakesare
still working.
Following Distance
Stayatleasttwice as farbehindthevehicleaheadasyouwouldwhen
driving your vehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyou
avoid situationsthat
requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns.
Passing
You’ll needmorepassingdistanceupaheadwhenyou’retowingatrailer.
And,becauseyou’re a gooddeallonger, you’ll need to gomuchfarther
beyondthepassedvehicle before youcanreturn to yourlane.
Backing Up
Hold thebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then,
to movethe
To movethetrailertotheright,
trailerleft,justmoveyourhandtotheleft.
moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysback
up slowlyand, if possible,have
someoneguideyou.
Making Turns
Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal.
Do this so
yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrike
soft shoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,
or
otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell
in advance.
4-61
Your Driving and the Road
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas
to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash
or lanechange.Properlyhookedup,thetrailer
wheneveryousignalaturn
lights will also flash, telling other drivers
you’reabout to turn,changelanes,
or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor
turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailerareburnedout.Thus,youmaythink
It’s important to
drivers behind you are seeing your signal
whentheyarenot.
check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to alowergear before youstartdownalong
or
steepdowngrade. If youdon’tshiftdown,youmighthave
to useyour brakes
so much that they would get
hot and no longerworkwell.
to 45 mph (70
On a longuphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeed
kmlh) or less to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
If youhaveanautomatictransmission,youshould
use D (or, as youneed to,
alowergear)whentowingatrailer.Operatingyourvehicle
in D whentowing
life of yourtransmission.
a trailer will minimize heat buildup and extend the
Or, if youhaveamanualtransmissionwithfifthgearandyouaretowinga
(or, as you
trailer,it’sbetternot to use fifth gear, justdriveinfourthgear
need to, alowergear).
Parking on Hilk
You reallyshouldnotparkyourrigonahill.
If somethinggoeswrong,your
rig could start to move.Peoplecanbeinjuredandbothyourvehicleandthe
trailer can bedamaged.
But if youeverhave
to park your rig on a hill, here’s how to doit:
1. Apply yourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto
for a manual transmission.
P (Park)yet, or intogear
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.
3, Whenthewheelchocksareinplace,releasetheregularbrakes
chocksabsorbtheload.
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen
shift to P (Park), or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission.
5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehicle,besurethetransfercase
drivegear-not in N (Neutral).
4-62
until the
is in a
.
.
6. Release the regularbrakes.
CAUTION
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle
if the shift lever is no
Your vehiclecan
fully in P (Park) wi-. theparkingbrakefirmlyset.
roll.
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You or others could beinjured. To be sure your vehicle won’tmove,
whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
If you have four-wheel drive and your transfer case
is in N (Neutral),
yourvehiclewillbefree
to roll, even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park)
So, besurethetransfercase
is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
Hills”
I
If youareparkingonahill,
On “Parking Index. in the
or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee
I
When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on
a Hill
1. Applyyourregularbrakesandholdthepedaldownwhileyou:
Startyourengine.
Shift into agear;and
Releasetheparkingbrake.
2. Let upon the brakepedal.
3. Driveslowly until the trailer is clear of thechocks.
4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstowthechocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re pulling a trailer.
.See
theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthat
are especially
important in trailer operation are automatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill),
engineoil,axlelubricant,belts,coolingsystem,andbrakeadjustment.Each
ofthese is coveredinthismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou
find them
to reviewthesesectionsbefore
quickly. If you’retrailering,it’sagoodidea
you start your trip.
Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.
4-63
Yiiur Driving and the Road
mailer Wiring Harness
See“TrailerWiringHarness”
in theIndex.
Power Winches
If youwish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,
vehicle is stationary or anchored.
only use it whenyour
transmissionmaybedamaged.
Use the regular brakes, set the parking brake or block the wheels
your vehicle from rolling.
4-64
to keep
Here you’ll find what to do aboutsomeproblems that can occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers ..................................................................................... 5-2
Other Warning Devices.........................................................................................5-3
Jump Starting ........................................................................................................5-3
Towing Your Vehicle, .............................................................................................5-7
Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-8
Engine Fan Noise ...............................................................................................
5-16
If a Tire Goes Flat..............................................................................................
5-16
Tire .......................................................................................
5-16
ChangingaFlat
Storing the Jack and Tire. ..............................................................................5-30
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow ...................................................5-31
5-1
Pm6/ems on the R ~ a d
Hazard Warning Flashers
AN505005
Your hazard warningflashersletyouwarn
others. They also let police know
youhave a problem. Your front and rear turnsignallightsflashon
and off.
But they won't flash if you are braking.
F
1
K2503
Pressthebuttonin
and off.
to makeyourfrontandrear
turn signal lights flash on
Your hazardwarningflashersworknomatterwhatpositionyourkeyisin,
andeven if thekeyisn'tin.
To turn off theflashers,pulloutonthecollar.
on, yourturnsignalswon'twork.
Whenthehazardwarningflashersare
Other Warning Devices
If youcarryreflectivetriangles,youcansetoneupattheside
about 300 feet (100 m) behindyourvehicle.
of theroad
Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrun down, youmaywant to useanothervehicleandsome
do it
jumpercablestostartyourvehicle.Butpleasefollowthestepsbelowto
safely.
I CAUTION
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerousbecause:
They contain add that can burn you.
e
They contain gas that can explode orignite.
* They contain enough electricity to burn you.
If YOU don't follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things
"an hurt you.
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vet
vouldn't be covered by your warra
1.
*
'
3
that
'
iying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it could Y,.I.Jge yaur
!chicle, even if youhave a manualtransmission.And if vou have an
utomatic transmission, it won't start that wav.
To Jump Start Your Vehicle
1. Checktheothervehicle.
It musthave a 12-voltbatterywith a negative
groundsystem.
NOTICE
m with a negative ground, both
.
.
2. Getthevehiclescloseenough
so thejumpercablescanreach,butbe
If theyare,itcouldcause
surethevehiclesaren'ttouchingeachother.
5-3
a
ground connection you don’twant. You wouldn’t be able to start your
vehicle,andthebadgrounding
could damagetheelectricalsystems.
CAUTION
A
You could be injuredifthevehiclesroll.Set
the parkingbrakefirmly
oneachvehicle.Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or a
manualtransmissionin N (Neutral).
If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the transfer
not in N (Neutral).
case is
3. Turn off the ignitiononbothvehicles.Turn off all lightsthataren’t
needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries.
Anditcouldsaveyourradio!
I
I jou leavearadioon,
it couldbebadlydamaged.Therepairs
be coveredbyyourwarranty.
woulc
4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.
Findthepositive
(t) andnegative (-)
terminalsoneachbattery,
CAUTION
A
Usingamatchnearabatterycancausebatterygas
to explode.
b Peoplehavebeenhurtdoingthis,andsomehavebeenblinded.Use
a flashlight if you needmorelight.
Be sure the batteries have enough water.
You don’tneed to add
GM
water to the DelcoFreedom@batteryinstalledineverynew
vehicle. But if abatteryhas filler caps, besurethe right amountof
fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care of that first. If you
don’t,explosivegascouldbepresent.
Battery fluid containsacidthatcan bum you.Don’tget
you accidentally get it in youreyesoronyourskin,flush
immediately.
medical
help get
withand
water
it on you. If’
the place
5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thaveloose
or missinginsulation. If
theydo, you couldgetashock. The vehiclescouldbedamaged, too.
Beforeyouconnectthecables,herearesomethingsyoushould
know.
Positive (t) will go to positive (t)andnegative (-) will go to negative
5-4
c
(-) or ametalengine part. Don’tconnect (t) to (-) or you’ll get a
shortthatwoulddamage the battery and maybeotherparts,too.
A
Fans or othermovingenginepartscaninjureyoubadly.Keepyour
h handsawayfrommovingpartsoncetheenginesarerunning.
6. Connecttheredpositive (t) cable to the positive (t)terminal of the
(+) terminal if the
vehiclewiththedeadbattery.Usearemotepositive
vehiclehasone.
Good Battery
Dead Baffery
1
7. Don’tlettheotherendtouchmetal.Connect
it to thepositive (+)
terminal of the good battery.Usearemotepositive
(+) terminal if the
vehiclehasone.
8. Now connecttheblacknegative
(-) terminal.
(-)
cabletothegoodbattery’snegative
Don’tlet the otherendtouchanythinguntilthenextstep.Theotherend
of thenegativecable doesn’t go to thedeadbattery. It goes to a heavy
of thevehiclewiththedeadbattery.
unpaintedmetalpartontheengine
9. Attachthecableatleast
18 inches (45 cm)awayfrom
thedeadbattery,
just as
butnotnearengine parts thatmove.Theelectricalconnectionis
of sparksgettingbacktothebatteryismuch
goodthere,butthechance
less.
5-5
Dead Battery
Good Battery
4
K2506
10. Nowstartthevehiclewiththegoodbatteryandruntheenginefor
awhile.
11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it won’tstartafterafewtries,itprobablyneedsservice.
12. Removethecablesinreverseordertopreventelectricalshorting.
REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER
5-6
I
Take
Tiwing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing service
Theycanprovide the rightequipmentandknowhowtotow
damage.
tow your vehicle.
it without
If your vehicle has been changed since it wasfactory-new, by addingthings
likefoglamps,aeroskirting,
or specialtiresandwheels,thesethingscould
bedamagedduringtowing.
Beforeyou do anything,turnonthehazardwarningflashers.
Whenyoucall,
tell thetowingservice:
Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive,
option.
Themake,model,
andyear ofyour
or that it hasthefour-wheeldrive
vehicle.
Whetheryoucanmovetheshiftleverforthetransmissionandtransfer
case, if youhaveone.
If there was anaccident,whatwasdamaged.
I
CAUTION
A
To help avoid injury to you or others:
9
Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is being towed.
e
Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
e
Never tow with damaged parts not fully secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by the tow
truck.
* Always use separate safety chains on each side when towing a
vehicle.
Whenyourvehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey
off. Thesteering
wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadposition,withaclampingdevice
designedfortowingservice. Do notusethevehicle’ssteeringcolumnlockfor
if youhaveone,shouldbein
this. Thetransmissionandtransfercase,
Neutralandtheparkingbrakereleased.
If youhaveatwo-wheeldrivevehicle,don’thaveyourvehicletowedonthe
If thevehiclemustbetowedontherear
rearwheels,unlessyoumust.
wheels,don’t go morethan 35 mph (56 kmlh) or fartherthan 50 miles (80
km) or your transmissionwillbedamaged. If theselimitsmustbeexceeded,
then the reardrivewheelshavetobesupportedonadolly.
5-7
Pmbkms on the Road
If your vehicle has the four-wheel-driveoptionandthetransfercaseis
engaged, a dolly mustbe used undertherearwheelswhentowing
front.
from the
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicleinstrument panel,
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
I
Steam from an overheated engine can bum you badly, even if you
‘i\ just
open the hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away from
the vehide until it cools down. Wait until there is no sign of steam or
coalant before opening the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is overheated, the liquids in it
can catch fire. You or others could be badly burned. Stop your
engine if it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the engine is
Cool.
you keep driving with no coolant, your
costly repairs would not becovered
by your warranty.
5-8
If No Steam Is Coming From Your C gine:
If yougettheoverheatwarningbutseeorhear
notbetooserious.Sometimestheenginecanget
Climbalong
no steam,theproblem may
a little too hotwhenyou:
hill ona hot day.
Stop after high speeddriving.
Idle forlongperiods
in traffic.
Tow atrailer.
If you get the overheat warning with
orso:
1. Ifyouhaveanairconditioner,
no sign ofsteam, try this for a minute
turn it off.
2. Turn on yourheater to full hotatthehighestfanspeedandopenthe
window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a trafficjam,shift
to N (Neutral).
If younolongerhavetheoverheatwarning,youcandrive.Just
to besafe,
driveslowerforabout ten minutes. If thewarningdoesn’tcomebackon,you
candrivenormally.
If thewarningcontinues,
pull over,stop, and park yourvehiclerightaway.
If there’s still nosign of steam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheenginespeedis
about twice as fast as normalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback
to
normal idle speedaftertwo or threeminutes. Now see if thewarningstops.
OFF THEENGINEANDGET
Butthen, if youstillhavethewarning,TURN
EVERYONE OUT OF THEVEHICLEuntil it cools down.
Youmay decidenot to lift thehoodbut
5-9
to getservicehelpright
away.
Cooling System
.i
I
PO210
Whenyoudecideit'ssafetoliftthehood,here'swhatyou'llsee:
A. Coolantrecoverytank
B. Radiatorpressurecap
C.Enginefan
CAUTION
A
An electric fan under the hood can start up even when
the engine is
notrunningandcaninjure
you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools
awayfromanyunderhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank or surge tank is boiling, don't
do anythingelseuntilitcoolsdown.
5-1 0
Thecoolant level shouldbeatorabove
COLD. If it isn’t, you may have a
leak in the radiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiator,water
pump or somewhere
else in thecoolingsystem.
CAUTION
A
Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbeveryhot.
do, youcanbeburned.
Don’t touchthem.Ifyou
1‘
Don’t run the engineif there is a leak. If you run the engine,it coulc
loseallcoolant.That could causeanenginefire,andyou
could be
burned.Getanyleakfixedbeforeyoudrivethevehicle.
I
I
If thereseemstobenoleak,check
to see if theelectricenginefan
haveone)isrunning.Iftheengineisoverheating,thefanshouldberunning.
If it isn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.
(if you
Starttheengineagain to see if theregularfanrunswhentheenginedoes.
off theengine.
If it doesn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank
Ifyouhaven’tfoundaproblemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tatorabove
COLD, adda 50150 mixture of cleanwater (preferablydistilled)andaproper
5-1 1
antifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.(See“Coolant”intheIndexformore
informationaboutthepropercoolantmix.)
Addingonlyplainwatertoyourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous.
Plain water, or someotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe
propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset
or thewrongmix,your
forthepropercoolantmix.Withplainwater
engine could gettoohot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Your enginecould catch fireandyou or others could beburned. Use
a 50150 mix of clean water and a proper antifreeze.
NOTICE
I
I
I
In cold weather, water can freeze andcracktheengine.radiator,heater
I coreandotherparts.Use the recommendedcoolant.
1
L.
k ’
1 ::.
I
CAUTION
-
PO206
I
=
You canbeburned if youspillcoolantonhotengineparts.Coolant
containsethyleneglycol and it willburn if theengineparts are hot
enough.Don’tspillcoolant on a hotengine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery is at or above
vehicle.
5-1 2
COLD, start your
If the overheatwarningcontinues,there'sone
more thing you cantry. You
can addthepropercoolant
mix directly to theradiator,but be surethe
radiator is coolbeforeyou do it.
I
I
CAUTION
-
4
Steamandscaldingliquids
from ahotcoolingsystem can blow out
and burn you badly.Theyareunderpressure,and
if you turn the
radiator pressure capeven a little-they can come out at high
speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, Including the
radiator pressure cap, is hat. Wait for the cooling system and radiato
pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap.
8
K2511
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You canremovetheradiatorpressurecapwhen
the coolingsystem,
including the radiator pressure cap and upper radiator hose
is nolonger
slowly to the left until it firststops.(Don't
hot.Turnthepressurecap
pressdownwhileturningthepressurecap.)
If you hear a hiss,waitforthat
pressureleft.
to stop. A hissmeansthereis
5-1 3
still some
PO244
2. Thenkeepturningthepressurecap,butnowpushdown
Remove the pressure cap.
as you turn it.
L
K2341
3. Filltheradiator with thepropermix,up
4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytankto
to thebase of thefillerneck.
COLD.
5. Put thecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleavetheradiator
pressure cap off.
5-1 4
K2550
6. Starttheengine and let it rununtilyoucanfeeltheupperradiatorhose
gettinghot.Watchoutfor
the enginefan@).
7. By thistime,thecoolantlevelinsidetheradiatorfillerneckmaybe
lower. If the level islower, add more of thepropermixthroughthefiller
neckuntil the levelreachesthebase of the filler neck.
1
K2515
8. Thenreplacethepressure
cap. Besure the arrows on thepressurecap
line up like this.
5-1 5
Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehiclehasaclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutchisengaged,
thefanspinsfaster to providemoreairtocooltheengine.Inmosteveryday
drivingconditionstheclutch is notengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomy
and
reducesfannoise.Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingand/orhigh
So
outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages.
youmayhearanincreaseinfannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnot
be
mistaken as thetransmissionslipping or makingextrashifts.Itismerelythe
will slow downwhenadditional
coolingsystemfunctioningproperly.Thefan
coolingisnotrequiredandtheclutchdisengages.
Youmayalsohearthisfannoisewhenyoustarttheengine.Itwillgoaway
asthefanclutchdisengages.
If a Tire Goes Fiat
It’s unusualforatireto“blowout”whileyou’redriving,especially
if you
to
maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesout of a tire,it’smuchmorelikely
leakoutslowly. But if youshouldeverhave
a “blowout,”hereareafewtips
about what to expectandwhattodo:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward
off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel
thatside.Takeyourfoot
to astopwellout
firmly.Steer to maintainlaneposition,thengentlybrake
the traffic lane.
of
A rearblowout,particularlyonacurve,actsmuchlike
a skidandmay
requirethesamecorrectionyou’duse
in a skid.Inanyrearblowout,remove
yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering
the wayyouwant the vehicle to go. It maybeverybumpyandnoisy,but
you can still steer.Gentlybrake to a stop,well off theroadifpossible.
If your tire goes flat, the nextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment
to change a flattiresafely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goesflat,avoidfurther
tire andwheeldamagebydrivingslowly
levelplace.Turn on yourhazardwarningflashers.
5-1 6
to a
-
Changingatirecancauseaninjury.Thevehiclecanslip
off thejack
and rolloveryouorotherpeople.
You andtheycouldbebadly
injured.Findalevelplace
to changeyourtire. To helppreventthe
vehicle from moving:
1. Set theparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Puttheshiftleverin
P (Park).
3. Shiftamanualtransmission
to 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
4. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehicle,besurethetransfercase
is in adrive gear-not
in N (Neutral).
5. Turn off theengine.
L
To be evenmorecertainthevehiclewon'tmove,you
can put chocks
at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being
changed. That would be the tire on the otherside of thevehicle,at
the opposite end.
I
I
L
The following steps will tell youhow to use the jack and change a tire.
5-1 7
K2122
Firstopenthetirecover,
if you haveone.Turnthe wing nut counterclockwise
and take it,andtheadapter, off the bolt. Take the tireout of thevehicleand
remove the tire cover.
Jack and Tools
.
.-
PO287
If yourwagon model has a jackcover, lift thetab up to release the cover,
thentake it off.
K2135
If yourutility model has a jack cover, turnthewingnutcounterclockwise
take it off, then take the cover off.
to
.". . .
K214
To take the jack out,turnthewingnutcounterclockwiseandtake
it and the
retainer off. Take the jack andstoragebox out and take the tools out of the
box.
of emergencyglovessecured to thejack. You
Your vehiclemayhaveapair
canusethemwhenchanging
the tire, or duringotheremergencysituations.
so youwillhavethemhandy
if
Remember to replacethemwiththejack,
neededlater.
5-1 9
manging the Tire
1
K2519
Startwiththejack,thejackhandleandtheratchet.
If the flat tire is
rear of the vehicle, you'll need the jack handle extensions also.
onthe
K2535
Theratchethasan
UP anda DOWN marking.
5-20
-
4
1
K2521
Attachthejackhandle(andjackhandleextensions,
if needed)tothejack.
you, rotatetheratchetclockwise.
Withthe UP markingontheratchetfacing
do thefollowing
That will lift thejackhead a little.Beforeraisingthevehicle,
things.
Put your spare tire near the flat tire.
Remove the wheel trim.
1
K2367
If there is a wheelcover,remove it by using the flat end of thesocket.Pry
along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off. Be careful; the rim
edgesmay be sharp.Don'ttry to remove it withyourbarehands.
5-21
K2369
If your vehicle has wheel nut caps, removethemusingtheratchetand
DOWN facing you tounscrewandtakethem
socket.Usetheratchetwith
Thentakethehubcap
off.
If thewheelhas
a trimring,remove
it by usingtheflatend
off.
of thesocket.
K2368
If the wheel has a smooth center piece or a center piece with recessed nuts,
removeitusingtheflat
end of thesocket.Placetheflatendofthesocket
in
the slot on thewheeland pry outgently.
5-22
PO205
Usingthesocketandratchet,withDOWNfacing
nuts.Don’tremovethemyet.
I
you, loosenallthewheel
JACK LOCATIONS/ALL MODELS
K2120
CAUTION
I
A
Gettingunder a vehiclewhen it isjacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed.Never
when
it is supported only by a jack.
get
under a vehicle
5-23
I
I
NOTICE
- 'sing your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned
will damage the
dehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack. Be sure to fit the jack
ift head into the proper location before raising your vehicle.
Front
Rear
-r1
'1
PO288
Raisethevehiclebyrotatingtheratchetclockwise.Makesurethe
UP
markingfacesyou.Usethejackhandleextensionsiftheflattireisonthe
off theground so thereis
rear of thevehicle.Raisethevehiclefarenough
to fit.
enough room for the spare tire
K2527
qemove all thewheelnuts
and take off the flat tire.
1
K2529
5-25
1 CAUTION
*
I
h
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened,
can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time. The wheel
could corne off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt fmm the places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; but be sure to use a scraper ~r wire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt off.
’
Removeanyrustor
dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces or spare
surface.
wheel.Placethespareonthewheelmounting
CAUTION
Never use oil or greaseonstuds or nuts. If you do, the nutsmight
comeloose.Yourwheelcould
fall off, causing a seriousaccident.
I
K2127
Replace the wheel nuts with the rounded
end ofthenutstowardthewheel.
Tighteneachwheel nut by handuntilthewheelisheldagainstthehub.
5-26
Rear
front
Tightenthenutsfirmly
in a criss-crosssequenceasshown.Rotatetheratchet
clockwisewiththe UP markingfacing you.
5-27
I
CAUTION
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause
thewheel to become loose andeven come off. This couldleadto
an accident.Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts.
If youhave to
replacethem,be sure to get the right kind.
Stopsomewhereas
with awrench
torque
soon as youcanandhavethenutstightened
to the promr toraue.
For propertorque, see “WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.
Putthewheeltrimbackon.Forvehicleswithplasticnutcaps,tightenthe
capsuntiltheyarefingertight,thentightenthemanadditionalone-halfturn
withtheratchet.Removeanywheelblocks.
Storing a jack, a tire or otherequipmentinthepassenger
In a suddenstop or
compartment of thevehiclecouldcauseinjury.
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese
in
theproperplace.
5-28
I
1
(ALL MODELS)
JACK STORAGE
(UTILITY MODEL)
NUT
BOX
K2121
5-29
Problems on the Road
Storing the Jack and Tire
Storhg the Jack
Putthetoolsintothestorageboxandclose
it tightly,Fitthestorage box into
box. Besure
thebracketwiththe bolt throughthebox.Putthejackontothe
thejackpointsintherightdirectionasshownforyourmodel.Securethe
emergencygloves, if your vehicle has them, to the jack using the provided
strap.
Slide the retainer over the bolt onto the jack and put the wing nut
thenutclockwiseuntil it istightagainsttheretainer.
on.Turn
if yourvehiclehasone,bysimplyreversing
Replace the jack storage cover,
theremovalproceduredescribedearlier.
Storing the Tire
Be sure the J-bolt is hooked properly for your model or tire size asshown.
ADAPTER
I - BOLT
J - BOLT
n
,ADAPTER
NOTE: Use lower hole
for 8 lug rim only.
L
PO213
If youhave a wagonmodel,usetheselocations.
5-30
K2143
If youhave a utility model, use theselocations.
Put thecoverbackonthetire
if your vehicle has one.
Put the tire into the vehicle, over the bolt. Slide the adapter onto
the bolt in
the proper location for your model, and put the wing nut on. Turn the wing
nut clockwise until the adapter
is tight against the wheel, then close the
cover.
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do whenyourvehicle is stuck is to spin your
wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelpyougetoutwhenyou’re
stuck,butyoumustusecaution.
I-,
If youletyourtiresspinathighspeed,theycanexplodeandyouor
others could be injured. And, the transmission or other parts
of the
vehiclecanoverheat.Thatcouldcauseanenginecompartmentfire
orotherdamage.Whenyou’restuck,spinthewheelsaslittleas
35 mph (55 kmlh)asshown
possible.Don’tspinthewheelsabove
onthespeedometer.
5-31
I
Pmb/ems on the Road
Spinning your wheels can destroy
parts of your vehicle as well as the
Rocking your vehicle to get it out:
First, turn your steeringwheel left andright.That will clear the areaaround
your frontwheels.Thenshift back andforthbetween R and a forward gear
(or withamanualtransmission,betweenFirst
or Secondgear and Reverse),
spinning thewheels as little as possible.Releasetheaccelerator pedal while
you shift, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is
in gear. If that doesn’tgetyou out after a fewtries, you may need to be
towed out. Or, youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks,
if yourvehicle has them. If
you do needto be towedout,see“TowingYourVehicle”
in the Index.
Using the Recovery Hooks
m
K2456
If youevergetstuck in sand,mud,ice or snow,yourvehiclemaybe
equippedwithrecoveryhooks.Therecoveryhooksareprovidedatthefront
of yourvehicle. You may need to usethem if you’restuckoff-roadandneed
to be pulled tosomeplacewhereyou
can continuedriving.
5-32
Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunder
a lot of force.Always pull
thevehiclestraightout.Never
pull on thehooksatasideways
off andyouorotherscouldbe
i Irec'
angle.Thehookscouldbreak
from the chain or cablesnappingback.
*
J
7
b
d
K2457
I NOTICE
I
Neverusetherecovery
hooks to tow thevehicle. Your vehicle could be
damaged and it would not becovered by warranty.
5-33
I
Service & Appearance Care
.
Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle . This section
how to check
beginswithserviceandfuelinformation.andthenitshows
important fluid and lubricant levels . There is also technical information about
your vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care .
Service ...................................................................................................................
6-3
Fuel ........................................................................................................................
6-4
Checking Things Under the Hood .......................................................................
6-8
Hood Release ....................................................................................................6-8
Engine Oil ..........................................................................................................
6-9
6-16
Air Cleaner .......................................................................................................
Automatic Transmission Fluid .........................................................................
6-17
Manual Transmission Fluid .............................................................................
6-20
Hydraulic Clutch ...............................................................................................
6-21
6-23
Transfer Case ..................................................................................................
Front Axle .........................................................................................................6-24
Rear Axle ......................................................................................................... 6-24
6-25
Engine Coolant ................................................................................................
Power Steering Fluid .......................................................................................
6-29
6-31
Windshield Washer Fluid .................................................................................
6-32
Brake Master Cylinder .....................................................................................
6-1
Service & Appearance Care
Replacing Brake System Parts ..........................................................................6-33
Other Maintenance Items ...................................................................................
6-34
Lubrication............................................................................................................ 6-35
Electrical System .................................................................................................
6-37
6-37
Battery ..............................................................................................................
Bulb Replacement............................................................................................
6-37
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ............................................................................
6-43
6-45
Exhaust System...................................................................................................
.......................................................................................... 6-46
6-48
Tires......................................................................................................................
Loading Your Vehicle
Inflation-Tire Pressure
...................................................................................
Tire Inspection and Rotation
When It’s Time for New Tires
6-49
..........................................................................
6-52
........................................................................
6-53
Buying New Tires ............................................................................................
6-53
6-54
Uniform Tire Quality Grading ..........................................................................
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
...............................................................
6-55
6-55
Wheel Replacement.........................................................................................
6-56
Tire Chains .......................................................................................................
Appearance Care ................................................................................................6-57
.............................................................6-58
Cleaning the Outside Of Your Vehicle ..........................................................6-61
Cleaning the Inside Of Your Vehicle
Appearance Care Materials ................................................................................ 6-64
Vehicle Identification Number .............................................................................6-65
Service Parts Identification Label
......................................................................
6-67
Specification Charts.............................................................................................6-68
6-2
Service
Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyoutobe
happywithit.Wehope
you’ll go toyourdealerforallyourserviceneeds.
You’llgetgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople.
We hopeyou’ll want tokeepyour
have one of these marks:
GM vehicleall GM.GenuineGM
parts
Doing Your Own Service Work
If youwant to dosomeofyourownservicework,
you’ll want to get the
properGeneralMotorsServiceManual.Ittellsyoumuchmoreabouthowto
To ordertheproperservice
serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan.
manual,see“ServicePublications”
in theIndex.
You shouldkeep a recordwithallpartsreceiptsandlistthemileageandthe
date of anyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord”inthe
Index.
CAUTION
I
A
You can be injured if you try to do servicework
L knowing enough about it.
on a vehiclewithout
Besureyouhavesufficientknowledge,experience,andthe
proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
9
Be sure to use thepropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners.
“English”and“metric”fastenerscan
be easilyconfused. If you
use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break or
fall off. You
could behurt.
6-3
If you try to do your own service work without knowing enough about it,
your vehicle could be damaged.
I
Maintenance Schedule
Section 7 ofthismanual,“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”,explainsthe
it shouldbedone.Italso
maintenanceyournewvehicleneeds,andwhen
has a form thatyoucanuse to recordthemaintenanceworkdoneonyour
vehicle.Besure to readthisinformation.
Fuel
I
K228
Useregularunleadedgasolineratedat
87 octaneorhigher. It shouldmeet
specifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S. andCGSB 3.5-92 inCanada.These
so youshouldnothave to add
fuelsshouldhavetheproperadditives,
anything to thefuel.
of
In the US. andCanada, it’s easy to besureyougettherightkind
gasoline(unleaded).You’llsee UNLEADED rightonthepump.Andonly
unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck.
87. If theoctane is lessthan 87, you
Besurethepostedoctaneisatleast
mayget aheavyknockingnoisewhenyoudrive.
If it’sbadenough, it can
damageyourengine.
6-4
If you’reusingfuelrated at 87 octaneorhigherandyou
still hearheavy
knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry
if youhear a little
or drivingup a hill.That’snormaland
pingingnoisewhenyou’reaccelerating
a higheroctanefueltogetridofpinging.It’sthe
youdon’thavetobuy
a problem.
heavy,constantknockthatmeansyouhave
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,suchas
MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is“methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthatisnomorethan
fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol isethyl or grainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthatis
10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
15% MTBEis
no morethan
Methanol ismethylorwoodalcohol,
NOTICE
Fuel that is more than 5% methanol is bad for your vehicfe. Don’t use
It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage plastic
’y.
andrubber parts. That damagewouldn’t be coveredunderyourwarri
And even at 5% or less, there must be “cosolvents” and corrosion
eventers in this fuel to help avoid these problems.
‘A
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your useofgasolinewithdetergentadditiveswillhelppreventdepositsfrom
forming in yourengineandfuelsystem.Thathelpskeepyourengineintune
andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’sgoodforyourvehicle,
andyou’llbedoingyourpartforcleanerair.
Manygasolinesarenowblendedwithmaterialsthatcalledoxygenates.
GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblending
materials,suchasMTBEandethanol.
By doing so, youcanhelpcleanthe
air,especially in thoseparts of thecountrythathavehighercarbonmonoxide
levels.
In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated
to reducevehicle
gasolines.Thesegasolinesarespeciallydesigned
emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline.
in thoseparts of the
By doing so, youcanhelpcleantheair,especially
ozone levels.
countrythathavehigh
You shouldaskyourservicestationoperatorsiftheirgasolinescontain
detergentsandoxygenates,and iftheyhavebeenreformulatedtoreduce
vehicleemissions.
6-5
Service & Appearance Care
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe
U S . or Canada,
unleadedfuel maybe hard to find. Do not useleadedgasoline.Ifyouuse
evenonetankfull,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwelloratall.With
continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode,
vehicle’sthree-waycatalytic
andyourengine oil candeterioratequickly.Your
All of thatmeanscostly
converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged.
repairsthatwouldn’t be coveredby your warranty.
To checkonfuelavailability,ask
an auto club, or contact a major oil
company that doesbusinessinthecountrywhereyou’llbedriving.
You can also write us at the followingaddressforadvice. Just telluswhere
(VIN).
you’re going andgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber
GeneralMotors of Canada Ltd.
InternationalExportSales
Post Office Box 828
Oshawa,Ontario L1H 7N1, Canada
Fi/ling Your Tank
I
PO444
The fuel cap is behind a hinged door on the left side
of your vehicle. To take
off thecap,turn it slowly to theleft(counterclockwise).
6-6
A
Gasolinevaporishighlyflammable.
It burns violently,andthatcan
if you’reneargasoline or
causeverybadinjuries.Don’tsmoke
refuelingyourvehicle.Keepsparks,flames,andsmokingmaterials
awayfromgasoline.
I
.
c
PO485
A
I
Ifyougetgasolineonyouandthensomethingignitesit,youcould
if youopenthefuel
be badlyburned.Gasolinecansprayoutonyou
if yourtank is nearly
fillercap too quickly.Thisspraycanhappen
full,and is morelikely in hot weather.Openthe fuel fillercapslowly
andwait for any “hiss”noise to stop.
Then
unscrew
the
cap
all
the
way.
When you putthecapback
a clickingnoise.
on, turn it to theright(clockwise)untilyouhear
r
I NOTICE
6-7
Service & Appearance Care
Checking Things Under the Hood
a&
..
.
. .
~
Hood Release
To openthehood,first pull thehandleinsidethevehicle.Thengo
to the
front of thevehicleandpull up onthesecondaryhoodrelease.Liftthehood.
.. .
PO217
CAUTION
A
If your vehicle h-; air conditioning, the auxiliary fan under the hood
is notrunninc
,can start upandinjure you evenwhentheengine
*y,?*8gKeep
&
your hands, clothing and tools awav from anv underhoo
you have one
Wk%selectricfan,
6-8
~AUTION
-
Thingsthat burn can get on hotenginepartsandstartafire.These
includeliquidslikegasoline, oil, coolant,brakefluid,windshield
washerandotherfluids,andplastic
orrubber. You orothers could
beburned. Be carefulnot to droporspillthingsthatwillburnontoa
all thefillercapsareonproperly.Thenjust
Beforeclosingthehood,besure
pullthe hood downandcloseitfirmly.
Engine Oil
It's a good idea to checkyourengine oil everytimeyougetfuel.
In order to
oil mustbewarmandthevehiclemustbeon
getanaccuratereading,the
levelground.
oil afewminutestogetback
down intothe
Turn off theengineandgivethe
oil pan. If youdon't,theoildipstickmightnot
show theactuallevel.
6-9
I
K2613
To CheckEngineOil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean
it withapapertowel
it back in allthe way. Removeitagain,keepingthetip
orcloth,thenpush
lower.
When to Add Oil: If theoilisat
or belowthe ADD mark,thenyou’llneed
to addsomeoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thispartexplainswhat
kind of oil to use.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications”
intheIndex.
I Don’t add toomuchoil.
If yourenginehas so muchoilthatthe
oil level
shows theproperoperatingrange,your
getsabovetheuppermarkthat
engine
I
6-1 0
K2390
Just fill it enough to putthelevelsomewhere in theproperoperatingrange.
Push thedipstickallthe waybackinwhen
you’re through.
6-1 1
Service & Appearance Cam
r
K2543
What Kind of Oil to Use:
Look forthreethings:
SG
SG mustbe on theoilcontainer,eitherbyitselforcombinedwithother
quality designations,suchas W C C , SG/CD, SF, SG, CC,etc.These
of quality.
lettersshowAmericanPetroleumInstitute(API)levels
I
NOTICE
f you use oils thatdon’thave the “SG” designa..-.., ,-J can cause
mgine damage notcoveredby your warranty.
6-1 2
SAE 5W-30
Vehicleswith Light Duty Emissions (8500 GVWR or less).
As shown in this chart, SA€ 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However,
you canuse SAE 1OW-30 ifit's going to be 0°F (-18°C)
orabove.
6-1 3
Service & Appearance Care
SAE IOW-30
VehicleswithHeavyDutyEmissions
(8501 G W R or more).
As shown in this chart, SAE 1OW-30 isbest for yourvehicle.However,
youcanuse SAE 5W-30 if it's going to becolderthan 60°F (16°C)
before yournext oil change.Whenit'svery
cold, below 0°F (-18"C), you
shoulduse SAE 5W-30.
6-14
Thesenumbersonan
oil container show itsviscosity,or thickness.
as SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50.
Do notuseotherviscosityoilssuch
EnergyConserving II
Oils withthesewordsonthecontainerwillhelpyousavefuel.
Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)isusedonmostoilcontainerstohelp
you select the correct oil,
You shouldlookforthisonthe
displaythelogo.
oil container,anduse
GM Goodwrench@ oil (in Canada,GMEngine
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Addifives:
Don'taddanythingtoyouroil.
somethingshouldbeadded.
only those oils that
Oil) meetsalltherequirements
YourGM dealer is readytoadvise
if you think
When to Change Engine Oil:
See if any one of these is true for you;
Mosttripsarelessthan
4 miles (6 km).
It's below freezing outside andmosttripsare
less than
10 miles (16 km).
Theengineisat
low speed most of thetime (as in door to door
delivery,orinstop-and-go traffic),
You tow a traileroften.
Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces.
Thevehicleisfrequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If anyoneofthese is trueforyourvehicle,thenyouneedtochangeyour
andfilter every 3,000 miles (5000 km)or 3 months-whichevercomesfirst.
VehicleswithLightDutyEmissions
oil
(8500 GVWRor less).
If noneofthem is true, change the oil every 7,500 miles (12 500 km)or 12
months-whichever comes first. Change the filter at the first
oil change and at
everyother oil change after that.
VehicleswithHeavyDutyEmissions
(8501 GVWR or more).
If noneofthem is true,changethe oil every 6,000 miles (10 000 km) or 12
months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst
oil change and at
everyother oil changeafterthat if mileagedetermineswhenyouchangeyour
6-1 5
Service & Appearance Care
oil. If timedetermineswhenyouchangeyouroil,changethefiltereachtime
youchangeyouroil.
Engine Block Heater:
An engineblockheatercanbe
a big help if youhave to parkoutside in very
cold weather, 0°F (-18°C) or colder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see
“EngineBlockHeater”intheIndex.
What to Do with Used Oil:
Usedengineoilcontainsthingsthathavecausedskincancer
in
laboratoryanimals.Don’tlet used oil stay on yourskinfor very long.
Clean your skinandnailswith soap andwater, or a goodhand ::,,
cleaner. Wash or properly throwawayclothing or ragscontaining-:’-:;$..
- J . _ . . ,-- .
.usedengine oil.
..:.: ;,i,j
-..: ,!
:‘;
.
--.
,A:<<
-,
~
.
L .
’,:
L
.,
f
I
j
Usedoilcanbe a realthreat to theenvironment. If YOU changeyourown oil,
be sure to drain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever
dispose of oil by putting it in the trash,pouring it on the ground, intosewers,
or intostreams or bodiesofwater.Instead,recycle
it bytaking it to a place
thatcollects used oil. If youhave a problemproperlydisposing of yourused
oil, ask your dealer, a servicestation or a local recycling center for help.
Air Cleaner
c
PO216
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen
to replacetheair
cleanerfilterandcrankcaseventilationfilter.See“ScheduledMaintenance
Services” in the Index.
6-1 6
I CAUTION
I
10
Operatingtheenginewiththeaircleaner
off cancauseyouorothers
stops flame
to beburned.Theaircleanernotonlycleanstheair,it
y(-if theenginebackfires. If itisn’tthere,andtheenginebackfires,
off, andbe cr-ful workingon
couldbeburned.Don’tdrivewithit
off.
the engine with the air cleaner
~
I
NOTICE
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire. And,
dirt can easily get into yourengine,which will damageit.Alwayshavethe
air cleaner in place when you’re driving.
-
Ib removetheaircleanerfilter
on a gasengine, turn the wing nuts
counterclockwise.Removethecoverandchangethefilter.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change:
A good time to checkyourautomatictransmissionfluidlevel
is whenthe
engine oil ischanged.Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine when
to changeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”intheIndex.
How to Check:
Because thisoperation can be a little difficult,youmaychoosetohavethis
doneat a GeneralMotorsdealership Sewice Department.
If you do ityourself, be sure to follow alltheinstructionshere,
get a falsereading on the dipstick.
oryoucould
I
NOTICE
I
Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission. Too much can
mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fail on hot engineparts,
starting a fire. Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check-your
transmission fluid.
I
Waitat least 30 minutesbeforecheckingthetransmissionfluid
havebeendriving:
Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove
At highspeedforquite
a while.
In heavytraffic-especiallyinhotweather.
Whilepulling a trailer.
6-1 7
90°F (32°C).
level if you
Service & Appearance Care
To gettherightreading,thefluidmustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature,
which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C).
To check thetransmissionfluidhot: Getthevehiclewarmedupbydriving
about 15 miles (24 km)when outsidetemperaturesareabove 50°F (10°C). If
it'scolderthan 50°F (lO°C), drivethevehiclein
0 (3rdgear)untiltheengine
temperaturegagemovesandthenremainssteadyfortenminutes.Then
followthe hot checkprocedures.
To checktransmissionfluid cold: A coldcheckismadeafterthevehicle
off andisusedonly
hasbeensittingforeighthoursormorewiththeengine
five minutes if outside
asareference.Lettheenginerunatidlefor
temperatures are 50°F (IO'C) or more.If it's colderthan 50°F (1O'C), you
mayhave to idletheenginelonger. A hotcheckmust follow whenfluidis
added duringacoldcheck.
To check the fluidhot or cold:
Parkyourvehicleon
a levelplace.
Place theshiftleverin
P (Park)withtheparkingbrakeapplied.
Withyourfootonthebrakepedal,movetheshiftleverthrougheach
in eachrange.Then,
gearrange,pausingforaboutthreeseconds
P (Park).
positiontheshiftleverin
Lettheenginerunatidlefor
three minutes or more.
Then, without shutting off the engine, follow
1. Flipthehandleupandthenpulloutthedipstickand
cleanraaor
these steps:
wipe it witha
DaDer towel.
PO229
2. Push it back in all the way, waitthreeseconds
again.
6-1 8
and then pull it backout
PO053
3. Checkbothsides of thedipstick,andreadthelower
COLD area for a coldcheckor
level must be in the
cross-hatched area for a hot check.
level, The fluid
in the HOT area or
4. If the fluid level is where it shouldbe,pushthedipstickbackin
way; thenflipthehandle
down tolockthedipstick
all the
in place.
HOW To Add Fluid:
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinewhatkind of transmission
in theIndex.
fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
If the fluid level is low, addonlyenough of theproperfluidtobringthe
level
uptothe COLD area for a cold checkorthe HOT area for a hot check. It
doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthan
a pint.Don’toverfill. We
recommendyouuseonly fluid labeled DEXRON@IIE, becausefluidswiththat
labelareespeciallymadeforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby
fluid other than DEXRON@llE is not covered by your newvehiclewarranty.
Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevel
Check”.
as describedunder “How To
Whenthecorrect fluid levelisobtained,pushthedipstickback
to lock thedipstick in place.
way; thenflipthehandledown
6-1 9
in all the
Service & Appearance Cam
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check:
A good timetohaveitchecked
is whentheengine oil ischanged.However,
thefluid in yourmanualtransmissiondoesn’trequirechanging.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcanbe
a littledifficult,you maychoosetohavethis
doneatyourdealershipServiceDepartment.
If you do it yourself,besure
get a falsereading.
1
to follow all theinstructionshere,or
you could
I Y W I ILL
Too muchor too little fluid can damage your transmission. Too much can
mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts,
starting afire.Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your
transmission fluid,
1
I
I
Checkthe fluld level onlywhenyourengineis
off, thevehicle is parked on a
level place andthetransmissionis cool enough foryou to restyourfingers
on the transmission case.
Then, follow these steps:
~~~~
K24
1. Removethefillerplug.
2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel
is up to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
3. Ifthe fluid levelis good, install the plug and besureitisfullyseated.
the fluid level is low, addmore fluid as described in thenextsteps.
6-20
If
How to Add Fluid:
Here’show to addfluid.Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodetermine
whatkind of fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in the
Index.
1. Removethefillerplug.
2. Addfluidatthefillerplughole.Addonlyenoughfluidtobringthefluid
levelup to thebottom of thefillerplughole.
3. Installthefillerplug.Besurethatthefillerplugisfullyseated.
Hydraulic Clutch
I
The hydraulic clutch in your vehicle is self-adjusting. A slightamountofplay
(1/2 inch to aninch) in thepedalisnormal.
6-21
Service & Appearance Cave
When to Check and What to Use:
K2343
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften
you shouldcheck
to add.See
the fluid level in your clutchmastercylinderreservoirandwhat
"OwnerChecksandServices"and"RecommendedFluidsandLubricants"
in
theIndex.
Now to Check:
I
K2344
Theproper fluid shouldbeadded if theleveldoesnotreachthebottom
of
thediaphragmwhenit's
in place in thereservoir.Seetheinstructionsonthe
reservoir cap.
6-22
Hydraulic Clufch Grease Fittrhg
A greasefitting is on theclutchhousing for lubricatingtheclutchfork ball
stud.SeeyourMaintenanceScheduleforwhen
to lubricatetheclutch
housing.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndexforthe
proper lubricant to use.
Besure not to over-fill becauseyou could damageyourclutch.
Four- Wheel Drive
Mostlubricantchecksinthissection
also apply to four-wheel-drivevehicles.
However,theyhave two additionalsystemsthatneedlubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentocheckthe
lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections”intheIndex.
How to Check and Add Lubricant:
I
d
Ti
PO230
If thelevelisbelowthebottom
of thefiller plug hole, you’ll need to add
to thebottom of the
somelubricant.Addenoughlubricanttoraisethelevel
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
6-23
of lubricant to
Service & Appearance Care
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften
to checkthe
lubricantand when to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”in
theIndex.
How to Check Lubricant:
PO231
If thelevel is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed
to add
(warm),add
somelubricant. If thedifferentialisatoperatingtemperature
to thebottom of the filler plug hole.
enoughlubricanttoraisethelevel
If thedifferential is cold,addenoughlubricant
(12 mm)below thefillerplughole.
to raisethelevel to 1/2 inch
What to Use:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkindof
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
lubricant to
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinehowoftentocheckthe
lubricantandwhen to changeit.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in theIndex.
6-24
How to Check Lubricant:
PO592
If thelevel is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneedtoadd
somelubricant. Add enoughlubricant to raisethelevel to thebottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinewhatkind of lubricantto
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in theIndex.
Engine Coolant
I
PO593
6-25
Service & Appearance Care
Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemandhowtoaddcoolantwhen
low. If youhave a problemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine
Overheating” in theIndex.
Thepropercoolantforyourvehicle
will:
Givefreezingprotectiondown
Giveboilingprotectionup
it is
to -34°F (-37°C).
to 258°F (125°C).
Protectagainstrustandcorrosion.
Helpkeeptheproperenginetemperature.
Letthewarninglightsandgageswork
as theyshould.
What to Use:
Use a mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled),andantifreezethatmeets
parts. Also use
“GMSpecification 6038-M,” whichwon’tdamagealuminum
GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)with
a completecoolantchange. If
youusethese,youdon’tneed
to addanythingelse.
Addingonlyplainwater
to yourcoolingsystemcan
be dangerous.
Plain water,orsomeotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe
proper coolant mix will. Yourvehicle’scoolantwarningsystem
is set
for the proper coolant mix. With plain water
or the wrong mix, your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use
a 50/50 mix of clean water and a proper antifreeze.
I
ji ,yo.w use an improper coolant mix,
I
your engine .coutd overheat andi
badly damaged. The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.’ T P ~
much water in ;the mix can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, .heater
wre-ad -.other parts.
.
.
.. ..
Someconditions,suchasairtrapped
in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe
coolantlevelintheradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengineis
cold
and follow the steps under “Adding Coolant” for the proper
wayto add
coolant.
If you have to add coolant mdre than four times
check your cooling system.
6-26
a year,haveyour
dealer
k
NOTICE
add extra inhibitors or
idditives whichclaim to improvethesystem.Thesecanbeharmful
f YOU usethepropercoolant,youdon’thaveto
Adding Coolant
L
L
‘1
L
PO206
To Check Coolant: Whenyourengineiscold,
thecoolantlevelshould
COLD, oralittlehigher.Whenyourengineiswarm,thelevelshouldbeup
to HOT, or a littlehigher.
To Add Coolant: If you needmorecoolant,
coolant recovery tank.
beat
add theproper mix at the
I CAUTION
4
I
Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are
hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you
badly. With thecoolant recovery tank,you will almostneverhave to
add coolant attheradiator.Neverturn
the radiator pressure
cap-even a little-when
engine
the
and radiator
are
hot.
~
Addcoolantmixat
the recoverytank,butbecarefulnot
to spillit.
1 CAUTION
I
-
I
~~
I
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hotengine parts. Coolant
b contains ethylene glycol, and
it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill on
coolant engine.
a hot
6-27
I
Service & Appearance Care
Radiator Pressure Cap
-
I
I
K2515
1 NOTICE
four radiatorpressurecap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)pressure-typecapand
nust be tightly installed to preventcoolant loss andpossibleengine
magefromoverheating.Besurethearrowsonthecaplineupwith
werffow tube on the radiator filler neck.
I
m
-
recommended.
Thermostat
Enginecoolanttemperatureiscontrolled
by a thermostatintheenginecoolant
flow of coolantthroughtheradiatoruntilthe
system.Thethermostatstopsthe
coolantreaches a presettemperature.
Whenyoureplace
your thermostat,an AC@ thermostatisrecommended.
6-28
Power Steering Fluid
K2630
How To Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrew the capandwipethedipstickwitha
clean rag.Replacethecap
look atthefluid
andcompletelytightenit.Thenremovethecapagainand
level on thedipstick.
K2693
beat the FULL
When theenginecompartment
mark.
is hot, thelevelshould
Whentheenginecompartment
COLD mark.
is cool,thelevelshouldbeatthe
6-29
FULL
Service & Appearance Care
i
.. c
K2694
What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind
See “RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
of fluid to use.
I
NOTICE
When adding power steering fluid or making a complete fluid change,
to use the proper fluid can cause
always use the proper fluid. Failure
leaks and damage hoses and seals.
6-30
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:
Openthecaplabeled
bottle is full.
WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add washer fluiduntilthe
6-31
Service & Appearance Care
Brake Master Cylinder
Yourbrakemastercylinderishere.
It is filled with DOT-3 brakefluid.
P
K2470
Thereareonlytworeasonswhythebrake
fluid levelinyourmastercylinder
might godown.Thefirst is thatthebrakefluidgoesdowntoanacceptable
levelduringnormalbrakelining
wear.Whennew liningsareputin,
the fluid
level goesbackup.Theotherreasonis
thatfluid is leakingout of the brake
system. If it is, youshouldhaveyourbrakesystemfixed,sincealeakmeans
So, it
that sooner or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t work at all.
isn’tagood idea to “top o f f yourbrakefluid.Addingbrakefluidwon’tcorrect
too
aleak. If youaddfluidwhenyourliningsareworn,thenyou’llhave
much fluid whenyougetnewbrakelinings.Youshouldadd(orremove)
brakefluid,asnecessaryonlywhenwork
is doneonthebrakehydraulic
system.
4
.
If you---havetoomuchbrakefluid,
it canspillontheengine.Thefluid
will b u r n h h e engineishotenough. You orotherscouldbeburned,
andyourvehiclecouldbedamaged.Addbrakefluidonlywhenwork
is done on the brake hydraulic system.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine when to checkyourbrake
fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenance”
in theIndex,
To Check Brake Fluid:
Youcancheck thebrakefluidwithouttaking
off thecap.Justlookatthe
MIN
windowsonthebrakefluidreservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabovethe
mark. If theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemcheckedtosee
if thereisaleak.
6-32
Afterworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare
of eachwindow.
above MIN andbelowthetop
What To Add:
Whenyoudoneedbrakefluid,useonlyDOT-3brakefluid-suchasDelco
(GM Part No. 1052535).Usenewbrakefluidfromasealed
Supreme11
container only.
@
NOTICE
DOT-5 siliconebrake fluid candamageyourvehicle.Don’tuse
it.
Don’t let someone put in thewrong kind of fluid. For example, just a
fewdrops of mineral-based oil, suchasengineoil, in yourbrake
so badlv that 1 fll have to
-]stemcandamaaebrakesvstemparts
bereplaced.
Brake fluid candamagepaint,
your vehicle.
so becareful nor IO spit1Drake fluid on
Hydro-Boost Brake System (Hydraulic Pump)
ThepowersteeringpumpisalsousedastheHydro-boostpump.Referto
“PowerSteeringSystem”inthissectionwhencheckingfluidlevel
or addingfluid.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking systemon a modernvehicle is complex. Its many parts haveto
beof top quality and workwelltogether if thevehicle is to have really good
braking.Vehicleswedesign
andtesthavetop-quality GM brakeparts in
replace parts ofyour
them,asyour vehicledoeswhen it isnew.Whenyou
braking system-forexample,whenyourbrake
linings weardown andyou
GM
have to havenewonesputin-besureyougetnewgenuine
replacementparts.If you don’t,yourbrakesmay
no longerworkproperly.For
example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle,the
balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.The
brakingperformance you’ve come to expectcanchangeinmanyotherways
if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.
6-33
Service & Appearance Care
Front Suspension and Steering Linkage
Your maintenanceschedulewill tell youhow often tolubricatethefittings.See
“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndexfortheproperlubricantto
use.
Front Wheel Bearings
Your vehiclehasfrontwheelbearingsthatmustbecleanedandrepacked.
Your maintenanceschedulewill tell youhowoftenthismustbedone.
Front Shock Absorbers
The front shock absorbers of your vehicle
do manythings.Theyhelpthe
vehicleridesmoothlyandalsocontrolthetravel
of thesuspensionsystem.
Whentheshockabsorbersareserviced,anyreplacementshockabsorbers
mustbethesameastheoriginalequipmentshockabsorbersinboth
extendedlengthandstrength.
Wheel Nut Torque
Forvehicleswithdualwheels,whenthevehicle,wheelorfastenersarenew,
havethetorqueset atthefirst 100, 1,000 and 6,000 miles (160, 1600 and
9600 km).UsethetorquespecifiedintheappropriateSpecificationChartlater
inthissection.
Single Belt Accessory Drive
If yournewvehicleuses
a serpentinebelt, it islighter,andmoredurable
thansystemswithseveralbelts.
A tensioner is used
The belt runs over or around the pulleys on the engine.
to keep the belt tight at all times. The tensioner also makes replacing the
to replacethebelt,besuretogetthecorrect
belteasier.Ifyouneed
replacement belt. Your dealership or parts supplier can help you with this.
TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabelonyourvehiclewillshowyouhowto
route the belt your vehicle uses.
6-34
Windshield Wiper Blade lnserfs
J
PO232
To replacethewindshieldwiperbladeinsert,
lift thewiperarmandrotatethe
of theinsert
bladeuntil it is facingawayfromthewindshield.Unlatchtheend
from the holdingclips.Removetheinsertandslideanewone
in place,
Makesure the blade is secured in theclips.
Air Conditioning
Everynowand then haveyourdealershipcheckyourairconditioningsystem
If you thinkthesystem is not
to besure it has not lostanycoolingability,
it out as soonas possible.
workingproperly,haveyourdealershipcheck
The air conditioning will not work when the temperature
is below 40°F (4°C).
Fluid Leak Check
Afterthevehiclehasbeenparkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe
vehiclefor water, oil, fuel or otherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair
If you noticefuelleaks
conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenusedisnormal.
orfumes, the causes should befoundandcorrectedatonce.
Lubrication
Accelerator Control System
Your maintenanceschedulewilltell you howoftentheacceleratorlinkage
pivot pointsmustbelubricated.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
theIndexfor the properlubricant to use.
Acceleratorcablesandcruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated.Any
cables that arewornorarehard
to pull should bereplaced.
6-35
in
Service & Appearance Care
Hood Laiches and Hood Hinge
Yourmaintenanceschedule will tellyouhowoftentolubricatethehoodlatch
andhoodhingeassembly.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in the
Index for the proper lubricant to
use.
Propeller Shaft Slip Splines
Seeyourmaintenancescheduletofindouthowoftentheslipsplinesmust
be lubricated, See“Recommended FluidsandLubricants”intheIndexforthe
properlubricanttouse.
Constant Velocity Joints
See your maintenance schedule to find out how often the constant velocity
joints mustbelubricated.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
Index for the proper lubricant to
use.
in the
Body
Normaluse ofyour vehiclewillcausemetaltometalwearatsomepointson
thecabandbody if they are not lubricated.
Forexposedsurfaces,suchasdoorchecks,doorlockbolts,lockstriker
plates,dovetailbumperwedges,etc.,athinfilm
ofengineoilshould
applied.
be
Theseatadjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease,
Doorweatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbelightlycoatedwitha
rubber lubricant.
Neverusetoomuch ofanylubricantandbesuretowipeupanyextra
lubricant whenyou are finished.
Yourmaintenanceschedulewill
tellyouhowoftentolubricatetheseitems.
See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in theIndex for the proper
lubricant to use.
Lock Cylinders
To besure yourlocksoperateproperly,theymustbelubricated,
Your
vehicle’smaintenanceschedulewill
tell youhow often to lubricatethem.See
to
“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndexfortheproperlubricant
use.
You should not use penetrating oils because they could
washoutthefactory
installedlubricantandcausethelock
to bind.De-icers which containalcohol
could also washawaythelubricant, so besure to lubricatethelockafter
using a de-icer of this type.
6-36
Tailgate Handle
Thetailgatehandlepivotpointson
it working smoothly.
your vehicleshouldbelubricatedtokeep
Your maintenanceschedulewill tell youhow often to lubricatethehandle.
in theIndexfortheproper
See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
lubricant to use.
Efectricaf System
Battery
Everynew GM vehiclehas
[email protected]
addwater to one of these, Whenit’stimeforanewbattery,werecommend
aDelcoFreedom@battery. Getonethathasthecatalognumbershownon
theoriginalbattery’slabel.
to
Vehicle Storage
off the
If you’re not going
- to drive your vehicle for 25 daysormore,take
will helpkeepyourbattery
black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.This
fromrunningdown.
CAUTION
1
,
-
on'^
Batterieshave acid thatcanburnyouandgasthatcanexplode.
You
,canbebadlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting”
in the
Index for tips onworkingaround a batterywithoutgettinghurt.
your dealertolearn
how toprepareyourvehicleforlongerperiods.
Bulb Rep/acement
Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethatallthe
engineisn’trunning.
6-37
lights are off andthe
I
Service & Appearance Care
Sealed Beam Headlights
P
-.
1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer.
out andremove theretainer.
3. Unplugand remove oldheadlight.
2. Pulltheheadlight
4. Plug inthenewheadlight
and put it in place.
5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight.
6. Installthe screws.
Halogen Bulbs
I
CAUTION
Halogenbulbshavepressurizedgasinsideandcanburst
or scratchthebulb. You or otherscouldbeinjured.
of halogen bulbs.
whenhandlinganddisposing
if you drop
Take special car€
I
NOTICE
Avoid touching the bulb or letting it come in contact with anything da.. . ~
Oil fromyourskinormoistureonthe
bulb can cause the bulb to explode
when it isturned on. If eithercomes in contact with the bulb. clean it v
alcohol or suitabledeareaserand wiDe thebulb dry.
6-38
-
Composite Headlights
1
PO2
1. Removethetwoscrews
at thetop of theradiator support.
2. Pull thecompositeheadlightlens
out.
3. Unplugtheelectricalconnector.
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseandremoveit.
5. Put the new bulbinand
turn it clockwise until it istight.
6. Plug in the electricalconnector.
7. Puttheheadlightback
into thevehicleand tighten thetwoscrews.
6-39
Service & Appearance Care
Front Parkingflurn Signal Lights
K2681
1. Removethescrewsandtakeouttheparkinglturnsignallightassembly,
2. Squeezethetabontheside
counterclockwise.
of thelightsocketwhileturningthesocket
3. Pulloutthesocket.
4. Push in gently on the bulb, turn it counterclockwiseandremove
thesocket.
6-40
it from
5. Put the new bulb into thesocket,gently
clockwise until it is tight.
press in on the bulb and turn it
6. Putthesocketbackintothelightassemblyandturnitclockwise
locks.
until it
7. Put the parkinghurnsignallightassemblybackintothevehicleand
tightenthescrews.
Side Marker Bulb
P
1 Removethescrewsand
pull outtheparkinglturosignal
light assembly.
2. Reachthroughtheopeningandturnthesidemarkerbulbsocket
counterclockwiseandremoveit.
3. Pull the bulb straightout of the socket.
4. Putanewbulbintothesocketandpushitinuntil
5. Putthesocketbackintothesidemarkerassemblyandturn
to tighten it.
6. Replacetheparkinglturnsignallightassemblyandtighten
6-41
it is tight.
it clockwise
the screws.
Roof Marker Lights
e
1. Removethescrewsand
lift off the lens.
2. Pull the bulb straightout of thesocket
3. Putanew bulb into thesocket and push it in until it is tight.
4. Replacethelens and tightenthe screws.
Rear Lights
PO498
1 Open the tailgate or rear doors.
I
6-42
2. Removethetwoblackplasticplugs
holes.
in therearlightassemblyaccess
3. Removethetworearlightassemblyscrewsinsidethefenderandpull
You may wanttouseamagneticscrewdriver
outthelightassembly.
whenremovingthescrews.
I
PO499
4. Remove the screwsfromthebulbretainerandtakethebulbretainer
of thelightassembly.
off
of thesocket
and pushitinuntilitistight.
5. Pull the old bulbstraightout
6. Putinanewbulb
7. Replacethebulbretainer.
8. Replacetherearlightassemblyandtightenthescrews.
touseamagneticscrewdriverwheninstallingthescrews.
You maywant
9. Closethetailgateorreardoors.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicle are protectedfromshortcircuits
by a
combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinksinthewiring
of firescaused by electricalproblems.
itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance
See“Fuses and CircuitBreakers” in theIndexformoreinformation.
Headlights
Theheadlightwiringisprotectedbyacircuitbreaker
in thelightswitch. An
to goonand off, or in somecasesto
electricaloverloadwillcausethelights
remain off. If thishappens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway.
6-43
Service & Appearance Care
Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotor
is protected by acircuitbreakerandafuse.
If
the motoroverheatsdue to heavysnow,etc.,thewiper
will stop untilthe
motorcools. If theoverload is caused by someelectricalproblemandnot
it fixed,
snow,etc.,besuretoget
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuitbreakersinthefusepanelprotectthepowerwindows
and otherpower
is tooheavy, thecircuitbreakeropens
accessories.Whenthecurrentload
and closes, protectingthecircuit until the problem is fixed or goesaway.
Trailer Wiring Harness
Theoptionalseven-wiretrailer wiring harnessisprotectedby an in-line fuse
in thebatteryfeedwire.Thisfuse
is nearthejunction block. See“Trailer
WiringHarness” in theIndexformoreinformation.
Fuse Block
,
..
.
i
m
-+
lW
- =
..... .. . .
.
K2644
Thefuseblock is in theinstrumentpanelonthedriver’sside.
You canremovefuses with afuseextractor, if youhaveone. To remove
fuses if youdon’thaveone, hold the end of thefusebetweenyourthumb
andindexfingerandpullstraightout.
on the road and
Besure to use the correct fuse. If youeverhaveaproblem
don’thaveasparefuse,youcan“borrow”one
of thecorrectvalue.Justpick
some feature ofyourvehiclethatyoucangetalongwithout-liketheradioor
it
cigarette lighter-and use its fuse, if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace
in theIndexformore
as soon as youcan.See“FusesandCircuitBreakers”
information.
644
Exhaust System
To helppreventdamage to yourexhaustsystem,donotcontinue
yourvehicle if younotice:
Enginemisfiring
to drive
Loss of performance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions
Haveyourengineandexhaustsystemservicedregularly.
Three-Way Catalytic Converter
Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic converter is designed to reduce the
pollutants in yourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuelinyourvehicle.If
youuseleadedfuel,youcoulddamageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter,
and other engine components.
Computer Command Control System
Thissystemhasanoxygen
(OS) sensorthathelpskeepyourengine’s
air-fuelmixtureataproperlevel.Useonlyunleaded
fuel in yourvehicle. If
youuseleadedfuel,youcoulddamageyouroxygen
(OS) sensorand
three-way catalytic converter.
TheMalfunctionIndicatorLamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON) onyour
instrumentpanelletsyouknowwhenyouremissioncontrolsystemneeds
service.Thelightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourenginetoletyou
know that the system is working. If it doesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour
engine,or if it comesonandstaysonwhileyou’redrivingyoursystemmay
needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhave
your
systemservicedright away.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
Youmay havethissystem.Itletsyouknow
if yourenginecontrolmodule,
If theMalfunctionIndicator Lamp
wiringharnessorsolenoidneedservice.
(Service Englne Soon) comeson,youneedservice.
645
Loading Your Vehicle
4-L
MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
. ...-... ,..,FFECT
1
,
C R O W N ABOVE.
I
-EL
XISPEED
TIRE SIZE
RIM
PSVKPA (COLD)
SPA
SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
K2134
TheCertificationflirelabel isfoundontherearedgeofthedriver'sdoor.The
labelshowsthesizeofyouroriginaltiresandtheinflationpressuresneeded
toobtainthegrossweightcapacity
ofyourvehicle.ThisiscalledtheGVWR
(GrossVehicleWeightRating).TheGVWRincludestheweightofthevehicle,
alloccupants,fuelandcargo.
TheCertificationnirelabelalsotellsyouthe
maximumweightsforthefront
andrearaxles,calledGrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR).
To findoutthe
actualloadsonyourfrontandrearaxles,youneedtogotoaweighstation
andweighyourvehicle. Your dealercanhelpyouwiththis.Besureto
spreadoutyourloadequallyonbothsidesofthecenterline.
NeverexceedtheGVWR for yourvehicle,ortheGrossAxleWeightRating
(GAWR)foreitherthefrontorrearaxle.
it out.
And, if you do haveaheavyload,youshouldspread
A
Do not
load
your
vehicle
any
heavier
than
the
GVWR
or the
maximumfrontandrearGAWRs.Ifyoudo,partsonyourvehicle
canbreak,or it canchangethewayyourvehiclehandles.These
couldcauseyou to losecontrol. Also, overloadingcanshortenthe
life of your vehicle.
Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to getaddeddurabilitymight not
change your weight ratings. Ask yourdealertohelpyouloadyourvehiclethe
right way.
6-46
I
Your warranty does not r-rer parts or co ronents that fail because
~~
-
Ifyouputthingsinside
yourvehicle-like
suitmes, LWWIY, pac;Kages, or
anythingelse-theywillgoasfastasthevehiclegoes.
If youhavetostop
or turnquickly, or if thereis a crash,they’llkeepgoing.
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure
stop or turn, or in a crash.
people in a
, sudden
I
I
9
Putthings in the cargo area of yourvehicle. Try to spreadthe
weight evenly.
Never stack heavierthings,likesuitcases,inside
the vehicle so
that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
Whenyoucarrysomethinginsidethevehicle,secure
whenever you can.
I
Don’t have a seat folded
down
unless
need
you
it
I
to.
Trailering Package
GROSSCOMBINATIONWEIGHTRATING
(GCWR)
PO340
IfyourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereisalso
a load rating
whichincludestheweight of thevehicle and thetrailer it tows.Thisratingis
calledthe Gross CombinationWeightRating (GCWR).
6-47
Service & Appearance Care
Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besure
to includetheweight of everything you
putin it. And,remembertofiguretheweight
of thepeopleinsideaspart
of
your load.
Your dealer can help you determine your
GCWR.
Add-on Equipment
Whenyoucarryremovableitems,likesnowplowblades,youmayneed
put a limit on how manypeopleyoucarryinsideyourvehicle.Besure
weighyourvehiclebefore
you buyandinstallthenewequipment.
to
to
NOTICE
1
rims
Wedon’tmake tires. Yournew vehiclecomeswithhighqualitytiresmadeby
a leading tire manufacturer.Thesetiresarewarranted
by the tire
If
manufacturersandtheirwarrantiesaredeliveredwitheverynewvehicle.
your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, you will have
a tire
warrantyfolderfromeachofthesemanufacturers.
6-40
Poorlymaintainedandimproperlyusedtiresaredangerous.
Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too
muchfriction. You could have anair-outandaseriousaccident.
See“Loading YourVehicle” in theIndex.
Underinflatedtires pose the samedangerasoverloadedtires.
The resulting accident could cause serious injury.Checkalltires
frequentlytomaintain the recommendedpressure.Tirepressure
should be checked when your tires are cold,
0
0
Overinflatedtiresaremorelikelytobecut,punctured,
orbroken
by sudden impact,suchaswhenyou
hit apothole. Keep tires
at the recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires can causeaccidents, If your tread isbadlyworn,
or if your tires have been damaged,replacethem.
Even if it’slegal,don’t
have 16 inchtires.
drive over 85 mph (135 kmh) if you
See“SpecialTireInflation”
in this section for more information on
65 mph (105 kmh).
loading and inflationpressuresatspeedsabove
Inflation-Tire
Pressure
TheCertification/Tirelabelwhich is ontherearedge of thedriver’sdoor,or
ontheincompletevehicledocument
in thecab, shows the correct inflation
pressures for your tires, when they’re cold. “Cold” means your vehicle has
been sitting for at least three hours
ordrivennomorethanamile.
Youcan operatesomevehiclesatreducedinflationpressuresonlywhen
you’ll
becarryingreducedloads.Onthosevehicles,theminimumcoldinflation
pressuresforatypicalreduced
load are printed on the“ImprovedRideTire
Pressure”labellocatedonthedriver’sdoor.Weighthevehicle
to findthe
load on eachtire and seethelabelfortheminimumcoldinflationpressures
for that load.
6-49
Don’t let anyone tell youthatunderinflation
or overinflation is all right. It’you can get
9 . If your tires don’t have enough air (underinflation)
Too much flexing
Too muchheat
tire overloading
Bad wear
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
I If your tires have
too much air (overinflation), you can get:
Unusualwear
Bad handling
Roughride
Needlessdamagefromroadhazards.
nth or more. Also, checkthe
tire pressure of thesparetire.
How to Check: Use a goodqualitypocket-typegage to check tire pressure.
Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especiallyifyou
if they’re
haveradialtires-whichmaylookproperlyinflatedeven
underinflated.
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besuretoputthembackon.Theyhelp
preventleaks by keepingoutdirtandmoisture.
Special Tire Inflation
If youhave 16 inchtires onyourvehicle,and:
- You’ll bedrivingforverylongatspeeds
of 66mph(105km/h)to75
10 psi(70kPa)morethan
mph (120 km/h)wherelegal,inflatetires
therecommended cold inflationpressure,
- You’llbedrivingfor very longatspeedsof76mph
(120 kmih)to 85
mph (135 km/h)wherelegal,coldinflationpressureshouldbe
increased by 10 psi (70 kPa)andyoumustalsoreduceaxleload
capacityby 10%. Do notdriveover 85 mph (135 kmlh) even if
it’s legal.
- Inflationpressuresshouldneverexceed
10 psi (70 kPa) abovethe
load of the tire.
inflationspecifiedforthemaximum
6-50
K2474
6-51
Service & Appearance Care
Tire lnspecfion and Rotation
To makeyourtires last longer,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe
mileagesrecommended in theMaintenanceSchedule.See“Scheduled
MaintenanceServices”intheIndex.
FRT
FRT
L
I
I
K2655
Use this rotationpattern,
If your vehicle has front tires with different load ratings or tread designs (such
as all seasonvs.on/offroad)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront
torear,
Afterthetireshavebeenrotated,adjustthefrontandrearinflationpressure
asshownontheCertificationRirelabel.Makecertainthatallwheelnutsare
properlytightened. See “WheelNutTorque” in theIndex.
1 CAUTION
I
I
Rustordirt on a wheel,or on thepartstowhich it is fastened,can
makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafter
a time.Thewheelcould
a wheel,remove
come off andcauseanaccident.Whenyouchange
to the vehicle.
any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches
do this;but
In anemergency,youcanuse
a clothorpapertowelto
be suretouse a scraperorwirebrushlater,
if youneedto, to get
all the
rust
or
dirt off. (See ‘Changing a Flat
Tire”
in
the
Index.)
I
&52
When It’s Time for New Tires
TREAD WEAR INDICATORS
K1656
Oneway to tell when it’s timefornewtires is to checkthetreadwear
2/32 inch (1,6 mm)or
indicators,whichwillappearwhenyourtireshaveonly
lessoftreadremaining.
You needa new tireif:
You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthe
tire.
You canseecordorfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber.
The tread or sidewalliscracked,cut
cord or fabric.
orsnaggeddeepenough
to show
or split.
The tire hasapuncture,cut, orotherdamagethatcan’tberepairedwell
because of the size or location of the damage,
The tire hasabump,bulge
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tiresyouneed, look at the Certificationnire
label.ThetiresinstalledonyourvehiclewhenitwasnewhadaTire
PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)numberoneachtire’ssidewall.
Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That
way,yourvehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give proper
endurance,handling,speedrating,traction,rideandotherthingsduring
normal service on yourvehicle. If your tires haveanall-seasontreaddesign,
theTPCnumber will be followed by a “MS” (formudandsnow).
6-53
Service & Appearance Care
Ifyoueverreplaceyourtireswiththosenothavinga
TPC Specnumber,
makesuretheyarethesamesize,loadrange,speedratingandconstruction
type(bias,bias-beltedorradial)
as your originaltires.
I CAUTION
A
I
Mixingtires could causeyoutolosecontrolwhiledriving.
If youmix
tires of different sizes ortypes(radialandbias-beltedtires)the
vehicle may nothandleproperly,andyoucouldhaveacrash.Be
sure to use thesamesizeandtypetiresonallwheels.
Uniform Tire Quarity Grading
Thefollowinginformationrelates to thesystemdevelopedbytheUnited
StatesNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministrationwhichgradestires
by
treadwear,tractionandtemperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonly
to
vehicles sold in theUnitedStates.)
Treadwear
Thetreadweargradeisacomparativeratingbasedonthewearrateofthe
tire when testedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedgovernment
test
150 wouldwearoneandahalf
(1 1/2)
course. For example,atiregraded
times as wellonthegovernmentcourseasatiregraded
100. The relative
of their use,
performance of tiresdependsupontheactualconditions
in
however,andmaydepartsignificantlyfromthenormduetovariations
drivinghabits,servicepracticesanddifferences
in roadcharacteristicsand
climate.
Traction-A, B, C
Thetractiongrades,fromhighest
to lowesrare:A, 8, and C. Theyrepresent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled
conditionsonspecifiedgovernmenttestsurfaces
ofasphaltandconcrete.A
C
may
have
poor
traction
performance.
tiremarked
Warning:The tractiongradeassignedto this tire is basedonbraking
(straight-ahead)tractiontestsanddoesnotincludecornering(turning)traction.
Temperature-A, B, C
Thetemperaturegrades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representingthetire’s
resistance to the generation of heatand its ability to dissipate heat when
testedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedindoorlaboratorytestwheel.
of the tire to degenerate
Sustained high temperaturecancausethematerial
andreducetirelife,andexcessivetemperaturecan
lead to suddentire
failure.Thegrade C correspondstoalevel ofperformancewhich all
passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
6-54
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels
thelaboratory test wheelthantheminimumrequiredbylaw.
of performanceon
Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistire
is established for a tire that is
properlyinflatedandnotoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation,
or
excessiveloading,eitherseparatelyor
in combination,cancauseheatbuildup
andpossibletirefailure.
Thosegradesaremoldedonthesidewalls
of passengercartires.
WhilethetiresavailableasstandardoroptionalequipmentonGeneralMotors
vehiclesmayvarywithrespect
to thesegrades, all suchtiresmeetGeneral
Motorsperformancestandardsandhavebeenapprovedforuse
on General
Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric)tiresmustconformtoFederal
safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefullyatthe
factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
to haveyourwheelsalignedagain.
In most cases,youwillnotneed
or yourvehiclepullingonewayor
However, if younoticeunusualtirewear
theother,thealignmentmayneed
to bereset. If younoticeyourvehicle
vibratingwhendrivingon a smoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed
to be
rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthatisbent,crackedorbadlyrusted.
If wheelnutskeep
If
comingloose,thewheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsshouldbereplaced.
thewheelleaksairout,replaceit(exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan
be repaired). See your GM truckdealer if any of these conditions exist. Your
dealerwillknowwhatkind
of wheelyouneed.
Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesameloadcarryingcapacity,diameter,
width,offset,andbemountedthesame
wayastheone
it replaces.
If youneedtoreplaceany
of yourwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnuts,
replacethemonlywith new GM originalequipmentparts.This way,youwill
for your
besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnuts
vehicle.
6-55
ICAUTION
A
I
Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheelbolts
or wheelnutson
I t couldaffectthebrakingand
yourvehiclecanbedangerous.
handling of yourvehicle,makeyourtiresloseairandmakeyoulose
control. You couldhaveancollisioninwhichyouorotherscouldbe
bolts, andwheelnuts
injured.Alwaysusethecorrectwheel,wheel
for
replacement.
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling,
speedometerlodometer calibration, headlight aim, bumperheight,vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.
I
I
I
A
I
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous. You can't know
how it's been used or how many miles it's been driven. It could fail
suddenly and cause an accident. If you have to replace a wheel, use
a new GM original equipment wheel,
Tire Chains
rNOTICE
'If p u t vehicle has LT265/75R16 size tires, don't use tire chams; they c a n !
i
damage your vehicle.
6-56
I
Cleaning products can be hazardous.Someare'toxic.Otherscan
of
urst into flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot part
the vehicle.Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a
closedspace.Whenyouuseanything
in a container to cleanyour
vehicle,besure to followtheinstructions.Andalwaysopenyour
doors or windowswhenyou'recleaningtheinside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
0
Gasoline
0
Benzene
0
Naphtha
0
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
PaintThinner
0
Turpentine
0
LacquerThinner
* NailPolishRemover
They can all be hazardous-somemorethan
all damageyourvehicle, too.
others-and they can
I
NOTICE
I
I
6-57
Service & Appearance Care
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehjcle
Useavacuumcleaneroftentogetridofdustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith
aclean,dampcloth.
two GMcleaners-asolvent-typespotlifterand
YourGMdealerhas
powderedcleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsverywell.
a foam-type
Herearesomecleaningtips:
Alwaysreadtheinstructionsonthecleanerlabel.
Cleanupstainsassoonasyoucan-beforetheyset.
Useacleancloth
or sponge,andchange to acleanareaoften.
if stainsarestubborn.
brushmaybeused
Usesolvent-typecleanersinawellventilatedareaonly.
don’tsaturatethestainedarea.
A soft
If youusethem,
If aringformsafterspotcleaning,cleantheentireareaimmediately
willset.
or it
Using Foam-Type CIeaner on Fabric
Vacuumandbrushthearea
Alwayscleanawholetrimpanel
stitchorweltlines.
to removeanyloosedirt.
or section.Masksurroundingtrimalong
MixMulti-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe
container label.
Usesudsonlyandapplywithacleansponge.
Don’tsaturatethematerial.
Don’trub
it roughly.
Assoonasyou’vecleanedthesection,useasponge
to removethe
suds.
Rinsethesectionwithaclean,wetsponge.
Wipe off what’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowel
Then dry itimmediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryer
or cloth.
or aheatlamp.
I
NOTICE
Be carefulwith a hairdryer or heatlamp.You
Wipewithacleancloth.
6-58
could scorchthefabric
Using Solvent-Type CIeaner on Fabric
First, see if youhave to use solvent-type cleaner at all.
stains will clean off better with just water and mild soap.
Somespotsand
If youneed to use it, then:
Gentlyscrapeexcess soil fromthetrimmaterialwithaclean,dullknife
orscraper.Usevery
little cleaner,lightpressureandcleancloths
(preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside
of the stain,
“feathering” toward the center.Keep changing to acleansection of the
cloth.
Whenyouclean a stainfromfabric,immediatelydrytheareawithanair
hose, hair dryer,or heatlamp to helpprevent a cleaningring.(See
previousNOTICE.)
Fabric Profection
Your vehiclehasupholsterythathasbeentreatedwithScotchgardTMFabric
Protector,a 3M product.ScotchgardTMprotectsfabrics by repellingoiland
water,which are the carriers of moststains.Evenwiththisprotection,you
still need to cleanyourupholsteryoften to keep it looking new.
Furtherinformationoncleaningisavailablebycalling
Minnesota, 1-800-642-61 67).
1-800-433-3296(in
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or Oily Stains: Likegrease,oil,butter,margarine,shoepolish,coffee
withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,
tar
and aspha1t .
Carefullyscrape off excessstain.
Thenfollowthesolvent-typeinstructionsabove.
Shoepolish, wax crayon,tarandasphaltwillstain
if leftonavehicle
seatfabric.Theyshouldberemovedassoonaspossible.Becareful,
to bleed.
becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemandmaycausethem
Non-GreasyStains: Likecatsup,coffee(black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk,
soft drinks,wine,vomit,urineandblood.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thenspongetheplacewith
cool water.
Ifastainremains,followthefoam-typeinstructionsabove.
Ifanodorlingersaftercleaningvomit
or urine,treattheareawitha
watedbakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of bakingsoda to 1 cup
(250 ml)oflukewarmwater.
Finally, if needed,cleanlightlywithsolvent-typecleaner.
6-59
Service & Appearance Care
CombinationStains: Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,chilisauceand
unknownstains,
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain,thencleanwithcoolwaterandallowto
dry.
If astainremains,clean
it withsolvent-typecleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl or Leather
Justusewarmwaterandacleancloth.
Rubwith a clean,dampclothtoremovedirt.
morethanonce.
You mayhavetodo
it
Thingslike tar,asphaltandshoepolish
will stain if youdon’tgetthem
off quickly.Useacleanclothandsolvent-typevinylheathercleaner.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Useonlymildsoapandwatertocleanthetopsurfacesoftheinstrument
panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin
it difficult to seethroughthewindshieldunder
thewindshieldandevenmake
certainconditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keepbeltscleananddry.
I
Do notbleachordye
safety belts. If youdo, it may severely weaken
them. In acrashthey might not be able to provide adequate
protection.Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm
water.
Glass
Glassshouldbecleanedoften.GMGlassCleaner
(GMPart No. 1050427) or
a liquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust
films.
Don’tuseabrasivecleaners on glass,becausetheymaycausescratches.
Avoidplacingdecalsontheinsiderearwindow,sincetheymayhavetobe
scraped off later. If abrasivecleanersareusedontheinsideoftherear
window,anelectricdefoggerelementmay
be damaged.Anytemporary
iicenseshouldnotbeattachedacrossthedefoggergrid.
6-60
Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield and Wiper Blades
If thewindshield isnotclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or
if thewiper
bladechatters whenrunning,waxorothermaterialmaybeonthebladeor
windshield,
GM WindshieldCleaner,Bon-AmiPowder@
Cleantheoutsidewindshieldwith
(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean
if beadsdonotformwhen
yourinseitwithwater.
Cleanthebladebywipingvigorouslywithaclothsoaked
washersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater.
in fullstrength
Wiperbladesshouldbecheckedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovidesbeauty,depth
retentionanddurability.
of color,gloss
Washing Your Vehicle
Thebest way to preserveyourvehicle’sfinishistokeep
it often withlukewarmorcoldwater.
it clean by washing
of the sun, Don’tusestrongsoaps
Don’twashyourvehicleinthedirectrays
orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhand,
dish or carwashing(non-detergent)
or abrasives. All cleaning
soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacid
agentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowedtodryonthesurface,or
they could stain.Drythefinishwithasoft,cleanchamois
or a 100% cotton
towel to avoidsurfacescratchesand water spotting.
High pressure vehicle washes
maycausewater
to enteryourvehicle.
Finish Care
Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing
of yourvehiclemay be necessary to
removeresiduefromthepaintfinish.
You canget GM approvedcleaning
productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials”
in the
Index.)
Your vehiclehasa“basecoatlclearcoat”paintfinish.
depthand gloss to thecoloredbasecoat.
The clearcoatgivesmore
Machinecompounding or aggressive polishingon abasecoatlctearcoat
paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
6-61
f
I
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Brightmetalpartsshouldbecleanedregularlytokeeptheirluster.Washing
GM Chrome
withwateris all that is usuallyneeded.However,youmayuse
if necessary.
Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim,
To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim.
to cleanaluminum. A
use auto or chrome polish, steam or caustic soap
coating ofwax,rubbed to ahighpolish,isrecommendedforallbrightmetal
parts.
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Youraluminumwheelshave
a protective coating similar to the painted surface
of yourvehicle.Don’tusestrongsoaps,chemicals,chromepolish,orother
abrasivecleanersonthembecauseyoucoulddamagethiscoating.After
rinsing thoroughly, a wax may be apptied.
NOTICE
1
f you have aluminum wheels, don’t use an automatic vehicle wash that
off the
?as hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes. These brushes can take
xotective coating.
White Sidewall Tires
Your GeneralMotorsdealerhasa
it.
useastiffbrushwith
GM WhiteSidewallTireCleaner.
Youcan
Weatherstrips
Theseareplaceswhereglassormetalmeetsrubber.Siliconegreasethere
will makethem lastlonger,sealbetter,andnotstickorsqueak.Applysilicone
greasewithacleanclothatleasteve@sixmonths.
Sheet Metal Damage
If yourvehicle is damagedandrequiressheetmetalrepair
makesurethebodyrepairshopappliesanti-corrosionmaterial
repairedorreplaced to restorecorrosionprotection.
or replacement,
to the parts
Foreign Material
Calciumchlorideandothersalts,icemeltingagents,roadoilandtar,tree
sap, bird droppings,chemicalsfromindustrialchimneys,and0the.rforeign
if they remain on painted surfaces.
matter can damage your vehicle’s finish
Use cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces for these stains.
Finish Damage
Anystonechips,fracturesordeepscratches
in the finish should be repaired
rightaway.Baremetal
willcorrodequicktyandmaydevelopintoamajor
repair expense.
6-62
Minorchipsandscratchescanberepairedwithtouch-upmaterialsavailable
fromyourdealerorotherserviceoutlets.Largerareasoffinishdamagecan
becorrectedinyourdealer’sbodyandpaintshop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicalsusedfor ice andsnowremovalanddustcontrolcancollectonthe
underbody. If these arenotremoved,acceleratedcorrosion(rust)canoccur
ontheunderbodypartssuch
as fuellines,frame,floorpan,andexhaust
systemeventhoughtheyhavecorrosionprotection.
At leasteveryspring,flushthesematerialsfromtheunderbodywith
water.Cleananyareaswheremudandotherdebriscancollect.Dirtpacked
inclosedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed.
dealer oranunderbodywashingsystemcandothisforyou.
plain
Chemical Paint Spotting
Someweatherandatmosphericconditionscancreate
a chemicalfallout.
Airbornepollutantsfalluponandattackpaintedsurfacesonyourvehicle.This
damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations,andsmall
irregulardarkspotsetchedintothepaintsurface.
Althoughnodefect in thepaint job causesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at
no chargetotheowner,thesurfacesofnewvehiclesdamagedbythisfallout
conditionwithin 12 monthsor 12,000 miles (20 000 km)ofpurchase,
whichever comes first.
6-63
Your
Service & Appearance Care
Appearance Care Materials
PART I
I
I
NUMBER
1050172
SIZE
DESCRIPTION
USAGE
16 02. Tar andRoadRemoves
old waxes, polishes,tar
(0.473L) Oil Remover
and
road
oil
1050173
16 oz. ChromeCleanerRemovesrustandcorrosionon
(0.473L)
and
Polish
chrome
and
stainless
steel
I050174
16 02. WhiteSidewallCleanswhiteandblacktires
(0.473L)
Tire
Cleaner
1050214
32
oz. VinvVLeather
Spot
and
stain
removal
on
leather
or
vinyl
(0.946L)
Cleaner
1050244
16 02. FabricCleanerSpotandstainremovaloncloth
andfabric
(0.473L)
I050427
23 02. GlassCleanerGlasscleaninaandsDot "
cleaning
(0.680L)
on vinyls
1050429
Ibs.
6Multi-PurDose
Cleans
vinvl
and
cloth
on
door
trim,
(2.72 kg)Powder
cleaner seats,and'carpet-also
tires and
mats
8 02.
Vinyl
Top
Cleaning of vinyl tops
1050729
(0.237L)
Cleaner
16 02. Preservatone
1051055
Vinyltopdressing
(0.473L)
8 02.
Spot
Lifter
Spotandstainremovaloncloth
IO51398
(0.237L)
and fabric
Exterior wash
1052870
16 02. Wash-Wax
(0.473L)
(conc.)
1050201
16 02. Magic
Mirror
Exterior
cleaner
and
I (0.473L) I Cleaner-Polish 1 polish
I
TO077
6-64
Vehicle ldentification Number (\mI)
tKO641
This is thelegalidentifierfor yourvehicle. It appearsonaplate
in thefront
on
the
driver's
side.
You
can
see
it if you
cornerof theinstrumentpanel,
look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle.The
VIN alsoappears
of
ontheVehicleCertificationandServicePartslabelsandthecertificates
titleandregistration.
Engine Identification
Theeighthcharacter in yourVIN is theenginecodeforyour
GM engine.
you identify your engine,specifications,andreplacement
Thiscodewillhelp
parts in thissection.
6-65
Service & Appearance Cam
I
Q,
v)
0
a
1
I
L
pe:
w
m
I
3
z
e
Qo
w
L
1
It
C
9
IZ
OtJ
POI 72
6-66
Service Parts IdenM f lcation Label
-
WHEELBASE
I
MODELMSIGNATION
VEH!CLE
IDENTfFlCATlOb
t
NUMBER
6BJ 621. 62U 670 671 679 763 BHJ 9HJ
OPTIONCONTENT
I
PAINT TECHNOLOGY
ORDER NUMBER
EXTERIORCOLORS
-
K2680
You’ll find thislabelontheinside
of theglove box. It’s veryhelpful if you
ever need to orderparts. On thislabel is:
YourVIN.
Its modeldesignation.
Paintinformation.
A list of all productionoptionsandspecialequipment.
Be surethatthislabelisnotremovedfromthevehicle.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your
dealer first. Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the
damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Some of it can just keep
ther things from working as they should.
6-67
Service & Appearance Care
Specification Charts
Replacement Parts
Replacementpartnumberslisted
in thissectionarebasedonthelatest
of printing,andaresubject to change. If a
informationavailableatthetime
partlisted in thismanual is notthesameasthepartusedinyourvehicle
GM truck
when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyour
dealer.
Engine identification
Liter
VIN
Fuel
Produced
Displacement Engine
System
Code
Type
BY
K
TB I
U.S., Can.
5.7
V8
N
TBI
7.4
V8
us.
*LightDutyEmissionswith8500
GVWR andbelowor:
HeavyDutyEmissionswith8501
GVWRand above.
Emissions
*
*
TO291
Wheel Nut Torque
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
C 1500
K 1500, C-K 2500
C-K 2500
5(14mm)
120
bolts
6 bolts (14mm)
8 bolts(14mm)
I
ft. Ibs. (160 Nmm)
120 ft. Ibs. (160 N-m)
120 ft. Ibs. (160 Nem)
TO2951
Cooling System Capacity
VIN
QUANTITY*
Without
CODE
ENGINE
NC
AIC With
18 Quarts (1 7 Liters)
5.7L
K
17.5 Quarts(16.5Liters)
25Quarts(23.5Liters)
7.4N
23 Quarts (22 Liters)
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
MUST becheckedasoutlinedunder“EngineCooling
*Afterrefill,thelevel
System”inSection 5.
TO292
6-68
Crankcase Capacify
QUANTITY*
ilter
With
Without
Filter
CODE
ENGINE
VIN
5.7L
K
4Quarts(3.8Liters)
7.4L
6Quarts(5.7Liters)
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
*Afterrefill,thelevelMUSTbecheckedasoutlinedunder“EngineOil
5.
AndFilterRecommendations”inSection
5 Quarts(4.8Liters)
7Quarts(6.6Liters)
TO296
Air Condifioning Refrigeranf Capacify
TYPE*
Refrigerant
R-12
Front
QUANTITY
AJC 3.0(1.360
Ibs.
kg)
FrontandRear AJC 4.25Ibs.(1.927kg)
*Notallairconditioningrefrigerantsarethesame.
If theairconditioning
systeminyourvehicleneedsrefrigerant,besuretheproperrefrigerantis
used.
you’reIfdealer.
GM
your
ask
sure,
not
TO302
Fuel Tank Capacify
I
1
-
Gallons
Model-Standard
30Utility
159Gallons
Model-Standard
Wagon
42
Allquantitiesareforacompletelydrytankandareapproximate.
TO2971
Service Replacemenf Part and Filfer Recommendations
Oil
1 i
Air
PCV
Spark**
Filter Cleaner
Valve
Plugs
PF5 1 AI 7acwcv7agc
.CR43TS
PF35t A348C cv774c .CR43TS
5.7 (K) PF35t A348C cv774c .CR43TS
6.2(C)
PF35 A644C
6.2 (J)* PF35 A644C
6.5 (F)* PF35 A91 7C
PF35 A348C cv774c .CR43TS
useaPF51oilfilter
*HeavyDutyEmissionEngine
**Use AC copper-coredresistortypesparkplugs.
-
6-69
Fuel
Radiator
Filter
Cap
GF481
RC36
GF481
RC36
GF481
RC36
TP 1006
RC32
TP 1 006 RC32
TP 1 006 RC32
G F48 1 RC36
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Circuit
Breaker
Circuits Protected
Fuse
CruiseControl, 4 WDDisplayIllum.Rear
20 Amp
WindowDefoggerTimer,Aux.Batt.Relay
Feed,SafetyBeltBuzzerTimer,Cluster
Ign.Feed
Turn-BIU Back-upLamps,TurnSignals
15 Amp
E.G.R., E.C.M. 10 Amp
EMCIIgn T.C.C.,AirDiverter,E.S.C.,
Ign.,R.W.A.L.BrakeSwitch
Inj. A
ThrottleBodyInjectors
10 Amp
Brake A.B.S., Cluster-Speed0
15 Amp
AC/Htr H.V.A.C. 4 WD,Aux.Batt.Relay
25 Amp
ctsy
DomeLamp,Ctsy.andGloveBoxLps.
20Amp
(TR-9),Radio(Memory-Clock)
ParkLP HornRelay,HornFeed,ParkLamps
20 Amp
“On” Warning,
P. Lps C49SWIllum.,Headlamp
5 Amp
RadioIllum.,H.V.A.C.Illum.
StopiHaz. Haz.Flasher,SeatBeltBuzzer,Stop
15 Amp
Lmps.,A.B.S.Memory
Wiper
25 Amp
WindshieldWiper,Washer
Radio RadioFeed
10 Amp
Acc/lgn. Pwr.Windows
30 Amp
30 Amp
AcdBatt. DoorLocks,RearWindowDefogger
5 Amp
Crank
Crank,Discreet
4WD
25 Amp
FourWheelDrive
15 Amp
DRL
DaytimeRunningLights
RR Wpr Rear Window Wiperwasher
25Amp
TIG Re1 CigarLighter,RearHatchRelease
25Amp
An inlinefuseisusedfortheunderhoodlamp
Jo notusefuses of higheramperagethanthoserecommendedabove.
TO291
Name
Gages
6-70
FUSE LEGEND
pJI
~
TURNlBU
WIPER
HTR AIC
GAGES
19
4WD
.
r
I
PCM/IGN
I
INJA
BRAKE
PARK LP
PANEL LPS
p#€m
TRANS
rm
rn
STOPIHAZ
6-7 1
DRL
Service & Appearance Care
Light Bulb Data
Power Rating
Lamp or Bulb
Trade No.
Exterior Liqhts:
Headlamps: 2 HeadlampSystem
6052
H6054
Haloaen(Opt.)
Headlamps:4HeadlampSystem
9005
9006
(Composite)
55/65
35/65
65
1
2
2
2
1
1
I , . , ,
Candle
32-2
1
Interior Lights:
Dome Lamps 21
LampsI Readina
Roof ConsoleLamps
Courtesy Lamp
, Heater or N C Control Lamp
FourWheelDriveIndicator
FourWheelDriveShiftLever
InstrumentPanelCompartmentLamp
Lamp 1Ashtray
I
,
I
MalfunctionIndicator(“ServiceEngine-
74
74
Soon”)
UpshiftIndicator
*Suburban
only
tCanadian
Vehicles
1-2
211-2
168
1003
194
161
194
194
194
only
6-72
12
X
1
10
2
I
TO293
Scheduled Mainfenance Services
Section
This sectioncoversthemaintenancerequiredforyourGeneralMotorsvehicle.
Your vehicleneedstheseservices to retainit’ssafety,dependability,and
emissioncontrolperformance.
A Word About Maintenance
.................................................................................
7-3
Your Vehicle and the Environment ......................................................................7-3
Recording Maintenance Services .........................................................................
7-3
7-4
Scheduled Maintenance Services ........................................................................
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Services ...............................................
7-4
GasolineEngineswithLightDutyEmissionsMaintenance Schedule I ............................................................................7-6
GasolineEngineswithLightDutyEmissionsMaintenance Schedule II ........................................................................... 7-8
GasolineEngineswithHeavyDutyEmissions7-1C
Maintenance Schedule I ..........................................................................
GasolineEngineswithHeavyDutyEmissionsMaintenance Schedule II .........................................................................7-12
6.2L and 6.5L Diesel Engines7-14
Maintenance Schedule I ..........................................................................
6.2Land6.5LDieselEngines7-16
Maintenance Schedule II .........................................................................
7-1
Scheduled Mainfenance Services
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services ......................................
7-18
Owner Checks and Services ..............................................................................7-22
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ...................................................................
7-25
7-27
Maintenance Record ...........................................................................................
7-28
Service Station Checks .......................................................................................
7-2
A Word About Maintenance
Weat GeneralMotorswant to helpyoukeepyourvehicle
in goodworking
condition.But wedon’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit.
Youmay drivevery
shortdistancesonly a fewtimes a week.Oryoumaydrive
longdistances all
thetime in veryhot,dustyweather.Youmayuseyourvehicleinmaking
deliveries.Oryoumaydriveittowork,todoerrands,or
in manyotherways.
Because of all thedifferentwayspeopleusetheirGMvehicles,maintenance
needsvary.Youmayeven
needmorefrequentchecksandreplacementsthan
youwillfindintheschedulesinthissection.Sopleasereadthissectionand
notehowyoudrive. If youhaveanyquestionsonhowtokeepyourvehicle
GM dealer,theplacemanyGMownerschoose
ingoodcondition,seeyour
tohavetheirmaintenanceworkdone.
Your dealercanbereliedupontouse
properpartsandpractices.
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicleingoodworking
All recommendedmaintenance
condition,butalsohelpstheenvironment.
proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremovalof
of theair we breathe.
importantcomponentscansignificantlyaffectthequality
tire inflationcanincreasethelevel
of
Improper fluid levelsoreventhewrong
emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,and to help
keepyourvehicle in goodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.
Recording Maintenance Services
TheMaintenanceRecordneartheendofthissectionprovides
a placefor
you to recordthemaintenanceperformedonyourvehicle.Wheneverany
it down in theMaintenance
maintenanceisperformed,besuretowrite
Record.Thiswillhelpyoudeterminewhenyournextmaintenanceshouldbe
done, In addition, it is a goodideatokeepyourmaintenancereceipts.They
may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs.
I
CAUTION
I A
~
l
rn
Performing maintenance work on a vehiclecan be dangerous. In
L trying to do some jobs, you can be seriously injured. Do your own
maintenance work only if youhavetherequiredknow-howandthe
proper tools and equipment for the job. If you have any doubt, have
a qualified technician do the work.
If youareskilledenough to dosomeworkonyourvehicle,youwillprobably
GM publishes. For information on how to
want to get the service information
obtain various service publications for your vehicle, see “Service Publications”in
the Index. You will find a list of publicationsandanorderform in theback of
thebook.
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Thisparttellsyouthemaintenanceservicesthatyoushouldhavedoneand
the times you should schedule them.
Your GM dealer knows your vehicle best
If yougotoyourdealerforyourservice
andwantsyoutobehappywithit.
needs,you’llknowthatGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeoplewillperform
the work usinggenuineGM parts.
Theseschedulesareforvehiclesthat:
carrypassengersandcargowithintherecommendedlimits.
theselimitsonyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading
Vehicle” in theIndex.
You willfind
Your
aredrivenonregularroadsurfaces,andwithinlegaldrivinglimits.
aredrivenoff-road in therecommendedmanner.SeetheindexUnder
“Off RoadDrivingWith YourFourWheelDriveVehicle.”
usetherecommendedfuel.See“Fuel”intheIndex.
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Services
To find the proper maintenance schedule for your vehicle, you must know two
things.Whatengineyourvehiclehas,andhowyouuseyourvehicle.
Your
enginetypewilltellyouwhichchart
to use,andyourdrivingconditionswill
tellyouwhichscheduletouse.Thechartsarefoundlater
in thissection.
Selecting the Proper Maintenance Chart
Yourengine type(GasolineorDiesel)anditsemissionsclassification(Light
to use.
Duty or HeavyDutyEmissions)willtellyouwhichmaintenancechart
look attheeighthcharacter
FindyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN),and
to seewhatyourenginecode
is.ThenusethefollowingEngineEmissions
Classifications table to find your emissions classification.
YourVINison
theplate on thetopleftcorner
ofyourinstrumentpanel,
theCertificationLabeland on theServicePartsIdentificationLabel.See
“VehicleIdentificationNumber” in theIndex.
If yourenginehasmorethanoneemissionsclassification,
Certification Label to seewhatyourGrossVehicleWeight
(GVWR)is.See“LoadingYourVehicle”
in theIndex.
7-4
look at your
Rating
r
CLASSIFICATION
EMISSIONS
ENGINE
Enaine Description
VIN Code
4.3LV6TTBI
Z
with8500GVWRandbelow
with8501GVWRandabove
5.0L V8TTBI
H
K
5.7L V8TTBI
with8500 G W R andbelow
with8501GVWRandabove
6.2L
V8IDiesel
C
6.2L V8IDiesel
J
6.5L V8IDiesel
F
7.4L V8/TBI
N
.Except 454 SS Model
with454 SS Model
Emissions
LD
HD
LD
LD
HD
LD
HD
HD
HD
LD
L
TO268
NOTE: TBI isathrottlebodyinjectionsystem.
Selecting the Proper Maintenance Schedule
Here is how to tell whichschedule to followonceyoufindtheproper
maintenancechart to use.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
Is anyoneofthese
Mosttripsare
true for your vehicle?
less than4miles
(6 kilometers).
Mosttripsare less than 10 miles(16kilometers),andtheoutside
temperatures are below freezing.
Theengine is at low speedmost of thetime(as
stop-and-gotraffic,orcommercialuse).
in door-to-doordelivery,
You operate in dustyareasoroff-roadfrequently.
Youtow
a trailer
If anyone(ormore)
of these is trueforyourdriving, follow Schedule I.
Schedule 1 isshown by aplus sign (t) on thechart.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of theaboveconditionsaretrue.Schedule
II is shown by a dot (.) onthechart.
7-5
I
I
Scheduled Maintenance Services
GASOLINEENGINES WITH LIGHT DUTY EMISSIONS-
FOOTNOTES:
*An EmissionControlService
**See “Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”inthissection.
tTo determine the emissions classification of your engine refer to “Selecting the
ProperMaintenanceChart” in thissection.
TO337
7-6
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
It
TO334
7-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services
GASOLINEENGINESWITHLIGHT
DUTYEMISSIONS-
If yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenancc
Services”inthissection,useMaintenanceSchedule
I (t).
Item
Miles (000) 3 6 7.5 9
No. Service
Kilometers
(000) 5 10 25
12.520 15
Engine
Change*-Every
Oil
1
Months,
12or
e
Change*-Every
Filter
Oil Months,
or
12
e
2 Chassis
Lubrication-Every
Months,
12or
e
3 ClutchForkBallStudLubrication
5 CoolingSystemService*-Every
24
Months or
6 AirCleanerFilterReplacement*
7 FrontWheelBearingRepack
8 TransmissionService**
12
15
18
30
25 DriveAxleService**
26 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOOTNOTES:
*AnEmissionControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in thissection.
tTo determine the emissions classification of your engine refer to “Selecting the
Proper Maintenance Chart” in this section.
TO332
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE Ilt
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART
UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TOBE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.
TO333
~
7-9
Scheduled Maintenance Services
GASOLINE ENGINES WITH HEAVY DUTY EMISSIONS-
I If yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecified
in “Scheduled Maintenance
-
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
‘OOTNOTES:
An EmissionControlService
“See “Exglal?ation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in thissection.
L Also aNoiseEmissionControlService
IApplicableonly to vehicles sold in theUnitedStates
- To determinetheemissionsclassification of yourenginerefer to “Selectingthe
Maintenance
Chart”
Proper
section.
in this
TO339
7-1 0
-
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE It
THESERVICES SHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAME INTERVALS.
TO340
7-1 1
Scheduled Maintenance Services
GASOLINEENGINES WITH HEAVY DUTY EMISSIONSIf yourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenancc
Services” in this section,useMaintenanceSchedule I (t).
Miles (000) 3
6
9
Item
No.
Kilometers
Service
(000) 5
10 15
1Oil FilterChange*-Every12Months,
2
3
12
20
or
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 I
20 !
21 1
.
22
’
24
*
25 IDriveAxle Service**
26 I3rakeSystems Inspection**
FOOTNOTES:
* AnEmission ControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”inthissection.
A Also aNoiseEmissionControlService
IApplicableonly to vehiclessoldintheUnitedStates
t To determinetheemissionsclassificationofyourenginerefer
to “SelectingtheProper
Chart” Maintenance
7-1 2
T033f
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE Ilt
If yourdrivingconditions do NOT meet thosespecified in “Scheduled
MaintenanceServices” in thissection,useMaintenanceSchedule
II
(9.
THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART
UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAME INTERVALS.
TO335
7-1 3
Scheduled Maintenance Services
6.2L AND 6.5L DIESELENGINES-
FOOTNOTES:
Changefilterevery
15,000 miles (24 000 km),exceptwhenoperatingindusty
conditions. Dusty conditions may require more frequent filter replacement. Extreme
to be
dustanddirtoperatingconditions(off-road),mayrequiretheairfilter
checkedasoftenasevery
300 miles (483 km)andreplacedasnecessary.
* AnEmissionControlService
** See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”inthissection.
Applicableonly to truckssold in theUnitedStates.
A Also,aNoiseControlService(applicable
to vehicleswithengine VIN Code J).
t Thismaintenancescheduleapplies
to all
diesel
engines
available.
TO330
*
7-1 4
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE
It
THESERVICESSHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.
I
TO341
7-1 5
I
Scheduled Maintenance Services
6.2L AND 6.5L DIESEL ENGINES-
-0OTNOTES:
* AnEmissionControlService
** See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenance Services” in thissection.
W Applicableonly to trucks sold intheUnitedStates.
A Also, aNoiseControlService(applicable
to vehicleswithengine VIN Code J).
t This maintenancescheduleapplies to sll dieselenginesavailable.
TO331
7-1 6
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE Ilt
Ifyourdrivingconditionsdo
NOT meetthosespecified in “Scheduled
MaintenanceServices”inthissection,useMaintenanceSchedule
II ( 0 ) .
THE SERVICES SHOWNON THIS CHARTUP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000MILES AT THE SAME INTERVALS.
TO336
7-1 7
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanations of theserviceslisted
in themaintenancecharts.
Theproperfluidsandlubricantstousearelisted
in thissection.Makesure
All partsshouldbereplacedand
whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese.
all necessaryrepairsdonebeforeyouoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1. ENGINEOILAND OIL FILTERCHANGE* -ALWAYS USE SG OR
SG/CEQUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING
II OILS OF THE PROPER
VISCOSITY. To determine the preferred viscosity oil foryourvehicle’s
10W-30), see“EngineOil” in theIndex.
engine(e.g.SAE5W-30or
2. CHASSISLUBRICATION -Lubricatethefrontsuspension,king
pin
bushings,steeringlinkage,transmission,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,
(2 wheeldrive),brake
parkingbrakecableguides,propshaftsplines
pedalsprings,andclutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecified.
If youhavea 3500 HD, lubricatethekingpinsandkingpinbushings
every 1,500 miles (2500 km) forMaintenanceSchedule 1, orevery 3,000
(5000 km)forMaintenanceSchedule
2.
Balljointsandkingpinbushingsshouldnotbelubricatedunlesstheir
temperature is 10°F (-12”C), orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,let
or theycould be damaged.
themwarmupbeforelubrication
Also, besure to checkallthevehiclefluidlevelsatthistime.
3. CLUTCH FORK BALLSTUDLUBRICATION -Lubricatetheclutchfork
ballstudthroughthefittingontheclutchhousing.Lubricantmustbe
0066 Ib.(.003kg) is required to
added“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly.
lubricatethe ball studsurface. Do notaddlubricantmoreoftenthanthe
Too much lubricant will damage
intervalsintheMaintenanceCharts.
theclutch assembly.
4. ENGINEIDLESPEEDADJUSTMENT(DIESELENGINES)*
-Adjustto
thespecificationsshownontheunderhoodlabel.
Youmustuse
calibratedtestequipment.
5. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE* -Drain,flushandrefillsystemwithnew
coolant.See“EngineCoolant”intheIndexforthepropercoolantand
mixture to use in your vehicle.
Also inspectthehosesandreplacethem
if they i cracked,swollen, or
deteriorated.Tightenallhoseclamps(exceptconsranttension
clamps).
Removedebrisandcleantheoutsideoftheradiatorandairconditioning
To ensureproperoperation,pressure
condenser.Washtheradiatorneck.
testtheradiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-1 8
6. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT* -Replaceatevery
miles (50 000 km) or moreoftenunderdustyconditions.Ask
for the proper replacement intervals for your driving conditions.
30,000
your dealer
7. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREPACK (2 WHEELDRIVEONLY) -Clean
or atthe
andrepackthefrontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining,
specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
8. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE
Automatic Transmission -Change the transmission fluid and filter every
15,000 miles(25 000 km)forvehiclesunder
8,600 GVWR or every
if thevehicle
12,000miles (20 000 km)forvehiclesover8,600GVWR
or moreoftheseconditions:
is mainlydrivenunderone
In heavycitytraffic.
Wheretheoutsidetemperatureregularlyreaches
higher.
90°F (32°C)or
In hilly or mountainousterrain.
Frequenttrailerpulling.
Usessuchastaxi,police,delivery
or othercommercialservice.
If the vehicle is not used mainly under any
of these conditions, change
the fluid and filter every 30,000 miles (50 000 km)forvehiclesunder
8600 GVWRorevery 24,000 miles (40 000 km)forvehiclesover8600
GVWR. See“AutomaticTransmissionFluid” in theIndexformore
information.
ManualTransmission -Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic
changing.
9. CDRV SYSTEMINSPECTION* -ChecktheCrankcaseDepression
RegulatorValveSystem for anyworn,pluggedorcollapsedhoses.Have
thesystemcheckedasdescribed
in theServiceManual.
10. FUELFILTER REPLACEMENT --Replacethe
interval or sooner if clogged.
fuel filter at the specified
11. SPARK PLUGS REPLACEMENT” --Replacespark plugs withthetype
listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex.
12. SPARK PLUG WIREINSPECTION* -Clean wiresandinspect for burns,
fit at the distributor and at
cracks or other damage. Check the wire boot
thesparkplugs.Replacewiresasneeded.
*AnEmissionControlService
7-1 9
Scheduled Maintenance Services
13. EGRSYSTEM INSPECTION* -ConductEGR
describedintheServiceManual.
SYSl /l CHECKas
14. ELECTRONICVACUUMREGULATORVALVE
(EVRV)INSPECTION*
-Inspect filter for excessive contamination orplugging. If required,clean
dry and
elementwithasolution of biodegradablesoapandwater,let
reinstallelement.
15. ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK
(SOME
MODELS)* -Adjusttimingtounderhoodlabelspecifications.Inspectthe
insideandoutside of thedistributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbon
trackingandcorrosion.Cleanorreplaceasneeded.
16. FUEL TANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION*
-Inspect the fuel tank,
for
capandlines for damageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasket
an evenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage,Replaceparts
as needed.
17. THERMOSTATICALLYCONTROLLEDAIRCLEANERINSPECTION*
A-(If so equipped.) Inspect all hoses and ducts for proper hookup.
Makesurevalveworksproperly.
18. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELT(S)INSPECTION*
--Inspectbelts.
Look for cracks, fraying, wear, and proper tension. Adjust or replace as
needed.
19. EVAPORATIVECONTROLSYSTEM(ECS)INSPECTION*
-Check
fuelandvaporlinesandhosesforproperhookup,routing,andcondition.
Checkthatthepurgevalveworksproperly,ifequipped.Replaceas
needed.
all
Awlnspect
20. SHIELDSANDUNDERHOODINSULATIONINSPECTION
shields and underhood insulation for damage
orlooseness.Adjust or
replaceasrequired.
21. AIR INTAKESYSTEM INSPECTlONAWCheck theairintakesystem
installation to see that gaskets are seated properly and
all hose
Also checktobe
connections,fasteners,andothercomponentsaretight.
fits
surethattheaircleanerhousingisproperlyseated,thatthecover
tightly,andthewingnutsaretight.Tightenconnectionsandfastenersor
replacedamagedpartsasrequired.
22. THERMOSTATICALLYCONTROLLEDENGINECOOLINGFAN
off andbelow
INSPECTIONAB-(If so equipped.)Withtheengine
normaloperatingtemperature,check to seethatthefancanberotated
by handon fluid couplingorviscousdrives.Replace
asnecessary.
*AnEmissionControlService
A AlsoaNoiseEmissionControlService
Applicableonly to vehicles sold intheUnitedStates
7-20
23. EXHAUSTPRESSURE
EGULATORVALVE INSPECTION* -Checkthat
thevalveworksproperly.Correctanybinding.Inspecthosesforcracks,
as needed.
chafingordecay.Replaceparts
24. TIREANDWHEELROTATIONANDINSPECTION
-For properwear
andmaximum tire life,rotatetires at thefirst 6,000miles(10 000
kilometers)forSchedule I (t) or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers)for
Schedule II (.) andthenevery 15,000 miles(25 000 kilometers)
in Section 6.
thereafter. Follow theinstructionsandpatternsshown
Check tires for uneven wear
or damage. If irregularorprematurewear
apparent,checkwheelalignment. Also, checkfordamagedwheels.See
“Tires”intheIndexformoreinformation.
is
For dualwheels,wheneverthevehicle,wheels,orfastenersarenew,
1,000 and6,000
havethewheelfastenertorquesetatthefirst100,
miles (160, 1600and 10 000 km).
For 3500 H.D. Models,blockthetiresoppositethosebeingremoved
keep the vehicle from rolling.
25. DRIVE AXLE SERVICE -Check readfrontaxle fluid levelandadd
needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
to
as
Locking differential-Drain fluid at first oil changeandrefill.Check
fluid levelandadd asneededatsubsequent
oil changes. In dusty
areas,ortrailertowingapplicationsdrain
fluid atevery 15,000 miles
(24 135kilometers)and refill$
Standard differential -Check fluid levelandaddasneededat
every oil change. In dustyareas, or trailertowingapplications,drain
fluid every15,000miles (24 135kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Morefrequentlubrication maybe required on heavy-dutyoroff-road
use.
26. BRAKESYSTEMINSPECTION -When theengine oil ischanged,
inspectthelines and hosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,cracks,
chafing,etc.Checktheparkingbrakeadjustment,andthe
fluid levelin
themastercylinder. A lowfluid level canindicateworndiscbrakepads
which mayneedtobeserviced$
*AnEmissionControlService
t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havethem
inspectedandrepaired at once.
7-2 1
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Whenthewheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdiscbrakepadsforwear
and rotors for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings for wear and
cracks.Inspectotherbrakeparts,includingdrums,wheelcylinders,parking
or dirtfromthewheeland
brake,etc.,atthesametime.Removeanyrust
mountingsurfacesbeforemountingthewheel.
Inspectbrakesmoreoftenifdrivinghabits
frequentbraking.
or conditionsresultin
Owner Checks and Services
Listed below are owner checks and services which should
bemade at the
timeperiodspecifiedtohelpensurepropersafety,emissionperformance,and
dependability of your vehicle.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. Whenever any fluids
or lubricants are added to your vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones,
asshown in thisSection.
At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressure check --Check the tires for proper inflation.
If they
are low, inflatethemtothelevelspecified
onthecertificationlabel or onthe
tireinflationcharts.See“Loading
YourVehicle”or “Inflation-TirePressure”in
theIndex.
At Least Once a Year
Keylockcylinderlubrication --Lubricatekeylockcylinderswithengine
Seethe“RecommendedFluidandLubricants”chart
in thissection.
oil.
Transmissionneutralorclutchstartswitchoperation
4
Whenyouaredoing
this check,thevehiclecouldmovesuddenly.
does,
it you
or otherscouldbeinjured.Followthesteps
below.
If
1. Beforeyoustart,besureyouhaveenoughroomaroundthevehicle.
2. Firmlyapplyboththemanualparkingbrakeandtheregularbrake.See
“Brakes”and“ParkingBrake”
in theIndex. Do notusetheaccelerator
pedal.
3. Be ready to turn off the engineimmediately if it starts.
4. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,
Thestartershouldworkonly
try to start the engine in eachgear.
in P (Park)or N (Neutral).
7-22
I
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,puttheshiftlever
in N (Neutral),pushthe
to starttheengine.Thestartershouldworkonly
clutchdownhalfway,andtry
whentheclutch is pusheddown all the way to thefloor.
Steeringcolumn lock operation -Whileparked,
ineachgearshiftposition.
try to turnthekeyto
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturnto
gearshiftis in P (Park).
Lock
Lock onlywhenthe
Onvehicleswith a keyreleaselever, try to turn thekeyto Lock without
Lock onlywiththekeylever
pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturnto
depressed.
Onallvehicles,thekeyshouldcomeoutonly
in Lock.
Parking brake andtransmission P (PARK) mechanismoperation
-
CAUTION
A
When you are doing this check, your vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case you begin
to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the
vehicle begin to move.
Parkon a fairlysteephill,withthevehiclefacingdownhill.Keepingyourfoot
ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.
To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe
transmissionin N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular
bytheparkingbrakeonly.
brakepedal. Do this untilthevehicleisheld
To checkthe“Park”mechanism’sholdingability:Applytheregularbrake
andshift to P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,thenslowly
releasetheregularbrake.
Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation
-Inspect belt system,
including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors.
Have a belt assemblyreplaced if thewebbinghasbeencutorotherwise
damaged.
BodyLubricationService -Lubricate all bodydoorhingeswithengine
oil.
Alsolubricatethetailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemounted
spare tire carrier (if equipped).Lubricatethebodyhood,fueldoorandrear
compartmenthinges,latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxand
consoledoors,andanyfoldingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetylever
More frequentlubrication may berequiredwhen
pivotandproprodpivot.
exposed to a corrosiveenvironment.
7-23
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed belowareinspectionsandserviceswhichshouldbeperformed
at least
twice ayear(forinstanceeachspringorfall).
You shouldletyourGM
dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs.
Makesureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.
Steering and Suspension lnspectiont -Inspect front and rear suspension
andsteeringsystem for damaged,loose or missingparts,signs ofwearor
lackoflubrication.Inspectpowersteeringlinesandhosesforproperhook-up,
binding,leaks,cracks,chafing,etc.(Onvehiclesequippedwithmanual
steering gear,check forsealleakage.)Lubricatethesteeringlinkage.
AcceleratorControlSystem -Lubricateallpivotpointswithengineoil,
exceptthe TBI throttleshaft.Remove all externaldepositsfromtheinjector
Do this when theengine is cold
pumpfacecamon6.2Land6.5Lengines.
andnotrunning. Do notoilanyaccelerator or cruisecontrolcables.Replace
or excessivewear.
any cables that have high effort
Exhaust System Inspection -Inspect the complete system including the
three-waycatalyticconverter.Inspectthebodynear
the exhaustsystem.Look
forbroken,damaged,missing or out-of-positionparts, as wellas,open
seams,holes,looseconnections or otherconditionswhichcouldcauseaheat
into the passenger
buildup in the floor pan or couldletexhaustfumesseep
compartments.
Drive Axle Service -Check readfront axle fluidlevelandadd
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
asneeded.
TransferCase(four-wheel drive) lnspectiont -Every 12 months or at oil
changeintervals,checkfrontaxleandtransfercaseandaddlubricantwhen
necessary. Oil thecontrolleverpivotpointandallexposedcontrollinkage.
Checkventhoseattransfercaseforkinksandproperinstallation.More
or off-road use.
frequentlubrication mayberequiredonheavy-duty
t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepairedatonce.
7-24
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants
number or
NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,part
specification may be obtained from your GM Dealer.
FLUID/LUBRICANT
M
; GoodwrenchMotor Oil orequivalentforAPIService
)r SGiCE oftherecommendedviscosity.
Engine Oil
IEnginelant
ilixture of waterandagoodqualityethyleneglycolbase
intifreezeconformingto GM-6038-M (GMPart No. 1052103).
II
HydraulicClutchSystem
iydraulic ClutchFluid (GM Part No. 12345347orequivalent).
Hydraulic Brake Systems
lelco Supreme11 8 brake fluid (GMPartNo.1052535or
lOT-3).
(2hassisgreasemeetingrequirements
(2atagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart
No.
Cables
Brake
Parking
of NLGlGrade2,
1052497).
No. 1050017)or
(3iM PowerSteeringFluid(GMPart
t2quivalentconforming to GM spec9985010.
Steering
System
Power
No. 1052182)orequivalent.
ManualSteeringGear
3M Lubricant(GMPart
Automatic Transmission
IEXRON@ IIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart
1051 855).
r
Manual Transmission:
a.5-SpeedwithLowGear
1
SG
b. 5-SpeedwithoutLowGear
Differential:
a. Standard(Saginaw)Front
andRearAxle
a.CastrolCo Syntorq orequivalent(GMPart
12346074).
I
No.
No.
b. StandardTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.12345349).
No. 1052271).
a.SAE-80W-90gearlubricant(GMPart
I
b.Locking
Transfer Case
IGasStrips
Weather
ColumnShift,TransferCase
ShiftLever,andPropellerShaft.
Stud
Ball
Fork
Clutch
b. SAE-80W-90 gearlubricant(GMPartNo.1052271).
DexronB IIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart
12345881).
IL?asLineDe-leer(GMPart
I:Spray-ASqueek(GMPart
No.
No. 1051516).
No.1052277).
>hassisgreasemeetingrequirementsofNLGlGrade2,
;ategory LBorGC-LB (GM Part No. 1052497).
(zhassisgreasemeetingrequirements
of NLGlGrade
(;ateaorv LBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
2,
(Continuednextpage)
TO391
7-25
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants
(Cont’d.)
Hood LatchAssembly
a.Pivotsandspringanchor
a.Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109).
b.ReleasePawl
b. Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements of
GM-6031-M(GMPart No. 1052497).
Front Wheel Bearings
Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements of NLGl
Grade2,Category LB orGC-LB (or GM Part
No. 1052497).
Propeller Shaft SplinelUniversal Joint
Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements of
GM-6031-M E M Part No. 10524971
AutomaticTransmissionShiftLinkage,Floor
ShiftLinkage, Hood and Door Hinges, Body
DoorHingePins,TailgateHingeandLinkage,
FoldingSeat,FuelDoorHinae
Engine oil
KeyLockCylinders
Useregularengine oil or a synthetic light
weiahtenaine oil [SAE 5W-30).
ChassisLubrication
Chassisgreasemeetingrequirements
GM-6031(GMPart No. 1052497).
Nindshield Washer Solvent and Anti-Freeze
GMOptikleenwashersolvent
1051515)orequivalent.
Neatherstrip
Siliconegrease (GM Part No. 12345579)or
equivalent.
M e r Tailgate Handle Pivot Points
Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements
GM Part No. 123451 20.
of
(GM Part No.
of
TO392
7-26
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServicesisperformed,
recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and
whoperformedtheservicesintheappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain
copies of yourreceipts.Itissuggestedthatreceiptsbekeptwithyour
Owner’sManual.
7-27
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Service Station Checks
It is important for you or aservicestationattendant
fill.
under-hoodchecksateachfuel
Checktheengine
oil levelandadd
to performthese
if necessary.
Checktheenginecoolantlevelintherecoverybottleandadd
necessary.
Checkthewindshieldwasherfluidlevelandadd
Seetheseitems
if necessary.
in theIndex for information on how to checkthem.
if
driver's door.
See Page 6-46
the driver's door.
SeePage 6-46
I
PO224
7-29
Cusfomer Assistance Information
.L
'
.........
Section
.
HereyouwillfindouthowtocontactChevrolet
if youneedassistance.This
to obtainservicepublicationsandhow
to report
sectionalsotellsyouhow
any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure.........................................................................
8-2
Customer Assistance for Hearingspeech Impaired...........................................
8-3
GM Participation in Better Business Bureau MediatiordArbitration Program
....8-3
Reporting Safety Defects ......................................................................................
8-4
Roadside Assistance.............................................................................................
8-5
.*........................................................................
Service Publications..l.ii~~iiF;+.l~.ba
.8-6
8-1
-
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfactionandgoodwillareimportant to yourdealerandChevrolet.
Normally,anyconcernwiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour
vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer’sSalesorServiceDepartments.
Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentionsofallconcerned,
to your
misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved
satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshould betaken:
STEP ONE -Discussyourconcernwithamember
of dealership
management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel.
matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager,
contact the ownerof the dealership or theGeneralManager.
If the
STEP TWO -If aftercontactinga memberofDealershipManagement,
it
appearsyourconcerncannotberesolved
by thedealershipwithoutfurther
help, contact Chevrolet’s Customer Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222-1020. In Canada,contactthe GMofCanadaCustomerAssistance
CenterinOshawabycalling1-800-263-3777(English)or1-800-263-7854
(French).
InMexico,call(525)254-3777.
In PuertoRicoor U. S. VirginIslands, call
1-809-763-1315.Inallotheroverseaslocations,contact
GM International
Export Sales in Canada by calling 1-416-644-411 2 .
Forpromptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable
theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative:
Yourname,
to give
address,telephonenumber
Vehicle IdentificationNumber(This is available from thevehicle
registration or title, or the plate attached to the left topof theinstrument
panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield.)
Dealershipnameandlocation
Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage
Nature of concern
We encourageyou to callthetoll-freenumberlistedpreviously
in orderto
if youwish to writeChevrolet,
giveyourinquirypromptattention.However,
P.O.
write to: ChevroletMotorDivision,ChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter,
Box7047, Troy, MI48007-7047.
A listing of allChevroletofficesandofficesoutsidethe
US. whichcanassist
in thewarrantybooklet.Theseservicesarenot
youcanalsobefound
available in Canada.
8-2
When contactingChevrolet,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikelybe
resolved in thedealership,usingthedealership'sfacilities,equipmentand
if youhavea
personnel.ThatiswhywesuggestyoufollowStepOnefirst
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired (TDD)
To assistownerswhohavehearingdifficulties,Chevrolethasinstalledspecial
TDD(TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipmentat
its Customer
AssistanceCenter,Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwhohasaccess
to aTDDorconventionalteletypewriter (TTY) cancommunicatewithChevrolet
by dialing:
..................................................................... 1-800-TDD-CHEV
In Canada ..........................................................................................
1-800-263-3830
In the United States
GM Participation in Better Business
Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program"
*Thisprogram maynot beavailableinallstates,dependingonstatelaw.
Canadian owners refer to your warranty booklet.
GeneralMotorsreservestherighttochangeeligibilitylimitationsand/or
discontinue its participationinthisprogram.
to
OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure
describedearlierinthissectionhasbeenverysuccessfulinachieving
customersatisfaction.However,ifyouhavenotbeensubstantiallysatisfied,
Chevroletwantsyou to beaware of GMs voluntary participation in a
no-chargemediation/arbitrationprogramcalledBBB AUTO LINE. Thisprogram
isadministeredbytheCouncilofBetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal
BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes
involvingvehiclerepairsandtheinterpretation
ofyourNewVehicleLimited
Warranty.
We prefer that you not resort to BBBAUTOLINEuntilafterafinaldecision
ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,youmay
file a
at
claim at any time by contacting your local Better Business Bureau (BBB)
the following toll-free number: 1-800-955-5100. For further information about
to: BBBAUTO HOTLINE, Council of Better
filing aclaim,youmayalsowrite
BusinessBureaus,4200WilsonBoulevard,Suite800,Arlington,Virginia
22203,
8-3
Customer Assistance Information
Inorder to fileaclaim,youwillhave
to provideyournameandaddress,the
astatementofthe
vehicleidentificationnumber (VIN) ofyourvehicle,and
try tohelpresolveyourdispute
natureofyourcomplaint.BBBstaffmay
to
throughmediation. If mediation is notsuccessful,or if youdonotwish
to an
participateinmediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase
impartialthird-partyarbitratorataninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender
If youaccepta
adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.
validarbitratordecision, GM will beboundbythatdecision.Theentiredispute
40 daysfromthetimeyoufile
settlement process should ordinarily take about
is rendered(or 47 daysifyoudidnot
yourcomplaint to thetimeadecision
first contact your dealer or Chevrolet).
Weencourageyou to usethisprogrambefore or instead of resortingtothe
courts.Webelieve itoffersadvantagesovercourtsinmostjurisdictions
because it isfast,free ofcharge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually
if youchoose).
present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense
Arbitratorsmakedecisionsbased on theprincipals offairnessandequity,and
of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate
arenotrequiredtoduplicatethefunctions
or federallaw. If youwish to gotocourt,however,wedonotrequirethat
you first file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE* unlessstatelawprovides
otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat
ifyouare
unhappywiththeresultsofBBBAUTOLINE,youcanstillgotocourt
GM butnotonyou,unlessyou
becauseanarbitrator’sdecisionisbindingon
accept it.
Eligibility is limitedbyvehicleagelmileage,andotherfactors.Forfurther
informationconcerningtheprogram,calltheBBBat1-800-955-5100.
also call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center.
Youmay
*SomestatesmayrequirethatyoufileaclaimwithBBBAUTOLINEbefore
resorting to state-operatedprocedures(includingcourt).
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
If youbelievethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrashor
couldcauseinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational
to notifyingGeneral
HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inaddition
Motors.
If NHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation,and
if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a groupofvehicles, it mayorder a recall
andremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolvedinindividual
problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,orGeneralMotors.
To contactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123intheWashington, DC area) or writeto:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C.20590.You
alsoobtainotherinformationaboutmotorvehiclesafetyfromtheHotline.
can
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
IfyouliveinCanada,andyoubelievethatyourvehiclehasasafetydefect,
youshouldimmediatelynotifyTransportCanada,inaddition
to notifying
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited.Youmaywriteto:TransportCanadaat
Box 8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors
In additiontonotifyingNHTSA
(or TransportCanada)inasituationlikethis,
we certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please call usat 1-800-222-1 020, or write:
Post Office Box 7047,
ChevroletMotorDivision,CustomerAssistanceCenter,
Troy,Michigan48007-7047.InCanada,please
call us at1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French). Or, write:General Motors of Canada
Limited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSamDrive,Oshawa,
OntarioL1H8P7.
Chevmlet/Geo Roadside Assistance
To enhanceChevrolet’sstrongcommitmenttocustomersatisfaction,Chevrolet
of theChevroletlGeoRoadside
is excitedtoannouncetheestablishment
AssistanceCenter.Astheownerofa1993ChevroleVGeo,membership
in
RoadsideAssistanceisfree.
RoadsideAssistanceisavailable 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,by calling
1-800-CHEV USA (1 -800-243-8872). This toll-free number will provide you
If your
over-the-phoneroadsideassistancewithminormechanicalproblems.
problemcannotberesolvedoverthephone,ouradvisorshaveaccess
to a
nationwidenetworkofdeaterrecommendedserviceproviders.Thefollowing
servicesareavailable:
Towing
Locksmith
Tirerepair
Glassreplacement
Rentalcar or taxi
Additionalservicesasnecessary
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that will provide you with
qualityandpriorityservice. Whenroadsideservicesarerequired,ouradvisors
will explain any payment obligations that may be incurred for utilizing outside
services.
Forpromptassistancewhencalling,pleasehavethefollowingavailable
givetheadvisor:
to
VehicleIdentificationNumber
Licenseplatenumber
Vehiclecolor
Vehiclelocation
Telephonenumberwhereyoucanbereached
Descriptionofproblem
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside your portfolio for full
programdetails.
In Canada,call1-800-268-6800fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.
Service Publications
Informationon how to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptionsand
Indexesasdescribedbelow is applicableonly in the fifty US. states(andthe
GWVR less than 10,000
District of Columbia) and only for light trucks with
pounds (4536 kg).
In Canada,informationpertaining to ProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes
can be obtainedbywritingto:GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,Service
PublicationsDepartment,1908Colonel Sam Dr.,Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7.
Chevroletregularlysends its dealersusefulservicebulletinsaboutChevrolet
products.Chevroletmonitorsproductperformance
in thefield. We then
preparebulletinsforservicing ourproductsbetter.Now,youcangetthese
bulletins too.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some pertain to theproperuseandcare
of
yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive
repairswhich, if doneontimewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly
to repairaneworunexpected
repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow
to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa
condition. Others describe a quicker way
technician service your vehicle better.
8-6
Mostbulletinsapplytoconditionsaffectingasmallnumber
Your Chevrolet dealer oraqualifiedtechnicianmayhave
specific bulletin appliestoyourvehicle.
ofcarsortrucks.
to determine if a
You cansubscribe to all Chevroletbulletins by calling Helm, Inc.at
1-800-782-4356.Thiswayyou’llgetthemastheycomeout.
Individual PSP’s
If you don’t wanttobuyallthePSP’sissuedbyChevroletforall
car and
truckmodels in themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,such
as those
whichmaypertain to aparticular model. To do this,you will firstneedtosee
ourindexof PSP‘s. It providesavariety of information. Here’swhat you’llfind
in theindexandhowyoucangetone:
What You’// Find in the Index:
Alist of all PSP’s published by Chevrolet in amodelyear(1989or
later).PSP’scoveringallmodels
of Chevroletcarsorlighttrucksless
GVWR arelisted in thesameindex.
than 10,000pounds(4536kg)
Orderinginformation so youcanbuythespecificPSP’syoumaywant.
Priceinformationforthe
PSP’syoumaywant
to buy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexesarepublishedperiodically.Most
of the PSP’swhich couldpotentially
applytothemostrecentChevroletmodelswillbelisted
in themostrecent
publicationforthatmodel year.Thismeansyoumaywanttowait
untilthe
if you are interested in
end of themodelyearbeforeorderinganindex,
buying PSP’s pertainingtoacurrentmodel
year truck.
SomePSP’s pertainingtoaparticularmodel
year vehicle maybe published in
lateryears,andthesewouldbelisted
in thelateryear’sindex. Whenyou
orderanindexforamodelyearthatisnotoveryet,we’llsendyouthemost
recentlypublishedissue.Checktheorderingformforindexesforearliermodel
years.
Cutout theordering form, fill it out,andmail it in.Wewill then seetoitthat
anindexismailedtoyou.Thereisnochargeforindexesforthe1989-1993
modelyears.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If youwantanadditionalorderingformforanindexorasubscription,just
call toll-freeandwe’llbehappytosendyou
one.Automatedrecording
equipmentwilltakeyournameandmailingaddress.Thenumber
to callis
1-800-551 -41
23.
8-7
Customer
Copies at Participating Dealers
Copies ofIndexesand individual PSP’s are atyour participatingChevrolet
dealer. You canask to seethem.
A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER: ThesePSP’s are meant for technicians.
Theyarenotmeantforthe“do-it-yourselfer.”Technicianshavetheequipment,
do ajobquicklyandsafely.
tools,safetyinstructions,andknow-howto
Chevroletreservestherighttochangetheseprocedureswithoutnotice.
Service Publications
You cangettheseProductServicePublicationsbyusingtheorderformat
theend of thisbook.Youcan
also getServiceManualsandOwner
Publications.
Section
B
A
Battery...........................................6-37
Belts (See“Safety Belts”)
BetterBusinessBureau
Mediation.....................................8-3
Blizzard .......................................... 4-55
Brakes
Adjustment ................................. 4-18
Antilock ...................................... 4-15
Antilock Warning Light ............2-70
Fluid ........................................... 6-32
Four-wheel Antilock .................4-16
Hydro-Boost System
(Hydraulic Pump) .................6-33
Master Cylinder ........................6-32
Parking....................................... 2-23
Pedal Travel ..............................4-18
Rear Drum Brakes ...................4-18
Replacing Parts ........................ 6-33
SystemWarning Light .2-69, 4-17
Trailer ......................................... 4-60
Wear Indicators........................ 4-17
Braking ..........................................4-13
In Emergencies ........................ 4-18
Break-In, NewVehicle ................ 2-11
Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-37
Replacement Chart ..................6-72
Accelerator Control System ........6-35
Air Cleaner .................................... 6-16
Air Conditioning...................3.5. 6-69
Rear (Wagon Models) ................3-8
Refrigerant Capacity .................6-69
System Controls ......................... 3-6
Antenna. Fixed Mast ...................3-21
Antilock Brakes(See “Brakes”)
System Warning Light .............2-70
Appearance Care .......................... 6-57
Materials .................................... 6-64
Arbitration Program........................ 8-3
Audio Systems ............................. 3-12
AM Radio................................... 3-13
AM-FM Stereo AudioSystem
with Cassette Deck ..............3-14
AM-FM Stereo AudioSystem
withCassetteDeck
and Equalizer ..............3-17. 3-1 9
Cassette Deck............................... 3-16
Cassette Tape Player Care ..........3-21
Automatic Transmission ...............2-17
FIuid............................................ 6. 17
Axle
Front ................................ 2.32. 6-24
Rear ............................................ 6-24
Rear Locking ............................. 2-22
9-1
INDEX
2-57
Cup Holder ...................................
Customer Assistance for the
Hearing or Speech Impaired .... 8-3
Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8-2
C
CapacitiesandSpecification
Charts ......................................... 6-68
Carbon Monoxide .................2.7.2.28.
2.29.4.55.
4-61
Cassette TapePlayer
(See “Audio Systems”)
Catalytic Converter ...................... 6-45
Certificationnire Label .................6-46
Changing a Flat Tire .........5.16. 5-20
Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-63
Child Restraints
(See “Safety Belts”)
Cigarette LightedAshtrays ...........2-55
Circuit Breakers(See“Fuses”)
Cleaning
Finish Care ................................ 6-61
Glass .......................................... 6.60
Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-58
Instrument Panel. Top .............6-60
Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-61
Special Problems ...................... 6-59
Vinyl or Leather........................ 6-60
Wheels and Tires ..................... 6-62
Windshield ................................ 6-60
Clock .................................... 3-15 3-18
Comfort Controls ............................ 3-2
Console
Floor .......................................... 2-56
Overhead.................................... 2.58
Convenience Net .......................... 2-80
Coolant(See“Engine”)
Cooling System Capacity ............6-68
Crankcase Capacity...................... 6-69
Cruise Control ............................... 2-41
Increase Speed ......................... 2-43
OnHills........................................ 2-45
Passing...................................... 2-45
Reduce Speed .......................... 2-44
Resume ..................................... 2-43
2-42
Set ..............................................
ToGet Out Of ............................. 2-45
D
DaytimeRunningLights
(Canada Only) ............................... 2-47
Indicator Light ............... 2.47. 2-73
Dome Lights ................................. 2-48
Doors ............................................... 2-5
Locks............................................ 2-6
Panel ............................................ 2-9
Driving
Across an Incline...........4-31 4-32
After Off-Road Driving ............ 4-34
At Night..................................... 4-35
Braking ...................................... 4-13
Control of A Vehicle.................4-13
Defensive..................................... 4-9
Downhill ..................................... 4-30
Freeway ..................................... 4-43
Guidelines.................................. 4-24
High Beams .............................. 4-36
Highway Hypnosis ................... 4-46
Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38
In Blizzard ................................. 4-55
In City ....................................... 4-42
In Fog. MistandHaze .4.40. 4-41
In Rain ............................ 4.37. 4-39
In Sand.Mud. Ice.
Or Snow ..................... 4.33. 5-31
In Water .................................... 4-34
Long Distance .......................... 4-44
Loss of Control ........................ 4-23
Night Vision .............................. 4-35
Off-Roading ............................... 4-24
On Curves ................................. 4-18
On Grades ................................. 4.62
On Hill and Mountain Roads . 4-47
4-27
On Off-Road Hills ....................
On Snow or Ice .......................4-53
Passing............................ 4-21 4-61
.
.
9-2
Skidding ..................................... 4-23
Stuck in DeepSnow ....4-56, 5-31
Through Water ...............2-15, 4-34
Uphill .......................................... 4-28
Winter ........................................4-53
With a Trailer ............................ 4-60
Drunken Driving ...........................4-10
E
Electrical System ......................... 6-37
Add-on Equipment ...................6-67
Engine
Adding Coolant ... 5-1 1, 5-13, 6-27
Air Cleaner ................................ 6-1 6
Block Heater ..........2-16, 3-5, 6-16
Computer Command Control
System ..................................... 6-45
6-25, 6-68
Coolant............................
Coolant Temperature Gage ......2-77
Cooling System......................... 5-10
Crankcase .................................. 6-69
2-28
Exhaust .....................................
Fan Noise ..................................5-16
Identification ...................6-65, 6-68
LeavingVehicle
While Running.......................2-26
Oil (See “Oil”)
Overheating.................................
5-8
Running While Parked .............2-29
Starting...................................... 2-14
Equipment, Add-on ......................6-48
Exhaust System ........................... 6-45
F
Fan Noise ...................................... 5-16
Filter Replacement Chart ............6-69
Finish
Care ............................................ 6-61
Damage ..................................... 6-62
Fluid
Automatic Transmission ........... 6-17
Brake ..........................................6-32
9-3
Capacities .................................. 6-68
Coolant....................................... 5-11
Front Axle ................................. 6-24
Hydraulic Clutch ....................... 6-21
Leak Check ...............................6-35
ManualTransmission ...............6-20
Power Steering ......................... 6-29
Radiator ..................................... 5-13
Rear Axle .................................. 6-24
RecommendedFluids .............. 7-25
Transfer Case ............................ 6-23
Windshield Washer ........2-40, 6-31
Four-wheel Drive ...............2-30, 6-23
Transfer Case .................2-30, 6-23
Front Axle ..................................... 6-24
Fuel.................................................. 6-4
6-6
Filling Your Tank .........................
Foreign Countries .......................6-6
Gage .......................................... 2-76
Gasolines for Cleaner Air .........6-5
Tank Capacity ........................... 6-69
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ..........6-43
Fuse Block ................................ 6-44
Headlights .................................6-43
PowerWindows and
Other Power Options ...........6-44
Trailer Wiring Harness .............6-44
Windshield Wipers ...................6-44
G
Gages .................................. 2-66, 2-76
Coolant Temperature Gage ..... 2-77
Fuel Gage .................................. 2-76
Odometer...................................2-66
Oil Pressure Gage .................... 2-78
Speedometer............................. 2-66
Tachometer................................ 2-67
Trip Odometer ........................... 2-67
Voltmeter ................. ................. 2-79
Glove Box .....................................2-56
INDEX
H
Halogen Bulbs ..............................6.38
K
Hazard Warning Flashers .............. 5-2
Head Restraints .............................. 1-5
Headlights ............... 2-46, 6-38, 6-43
Composite .................................. 6-39
High Beam Indicator Light......2-74
High-Low Beam .............2-38, 4-36
Reminder ...................................2-47
Replacement ...................6-37, 6-72
Sealed Beam ............................. 6-38
Heating System (with AIC) ...........3-5
Rear (Wagon Models) ................3-8
Rear Window Defogger ...........3-11
System Controls .........................3-6
Heating System (without AIC) .....3-4
Fan Knob ..................................... 3-4
Function Lever ............................3-4
Rear Window Defogger ...........3-1 1
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-4
Highway Hypnosis........................ 4-46
Hitches........................................... 4-59
Hood
Latches and Hinge ...................6-36
Release ........................................6-8
Horn ............................................... 2-35
Hydraulic Clutch ...........................6-21
Grease Fitting............................ 6-23
Hydroplaning .................................4-38
1
IfYou’re Stuck In Sand,Mud,
Ice or Snow .............................. 5-31
Ignition Switch.............................. 2-11
Inflation-Tire Pressure .................6-49
Instrument Panel .......................... 2-62
Standard Cluster ....................... 2-64
J
Jack and Tools .............................5-18
Removal .....................................
5-18
5-29,
5-30
Storage ............................
Jump Starting .................................5-3
9-4
Key Release Lever ....................... 2-13
Keys ................................................. 2-3
L
Lights............................................. 2-46
Brake System Warning ............4-17
Bulb Replacement....................6-37
Charging System Light ...........2-71
Check Gages Light .................. 2-73
Dome ......................................... 2-48
Front Parkingnurn Signal........6-40
Headlights (See “Headlights”)
Indicator..................................... 2-68
Operation ................................... 2-37
Reading ..................................... 2-49
Roof Marker .............................. 6-42
Service Engine Soon.....2-72, 6-45
Rear ........................................... 6-42
Replacement Chart ..................6-72
Side Marker .............................. 6-41
Underhood Reel ....................... 2-50
Loading Your Vehicle ........4-25, 6-46
Add-on Equipment ...................6-48
Lubrication..................................... 6-35
Accelerator Control System ....6-35
Body........................................... 6-36
Constant Velocity Joints .........6-36
Front Axle ................................. 6-24
Front Shock Absorbers ...........6-34
FrontSuspensionand
Steering Linkage...................6-34
Front Wheel Bearings ..............6-34
Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-37
Hydraulic Clutch
Grease Fitting ....................... 6-23
Hood Latches and Hinge ........ 6-36
Lock Cylinders .......................... 6-36
Propeller Shaft Slip Splines ... 6-36
Rear Axle .................................. 6-24
Recommended Lubricants ...... 7-25
Transfer Case ............................ 6-23
Luggage Carrier ........................... 2-80
PeriodicMaintenance
Inspections ................................ 7-24
Power
Door Locks ..................................2-7
Steering ..................................... 4-18
Steering Fluid ...........................6-29
Winches ..................................... 4-64
Product Service Publications ....... 8-6
M
Maintenance
6-34
Other Items ...............................
Periodic Inspections.................7-24
Record............................... 7.3. 7-27
Scheduled Maintenance.. 7.4. 7-18
Underbody ................................ 6-62
When Towing a Trailer .............4-63
Master Cylinder (See“Brakes”)
Mirrors ........................................... 2-51
Convex Outside ........................ 2-52
Electric Outside ........................2-52
Inside..........................................2-51
...
Model Reference ............................... III
Multifunction Lever ...................... 2-36
Turn SignalLane
Change Indicator ...........2-37, 2-75
R
Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-28
Radio (See “Audio Systems”)
Rear Window Defogger .............. 3-11
RecommendedFluids
And Lubricants ......................... 7-25
Recovery Hooks ...........................5-32
Replacement Parts ......................6-68
Reporting Safety Defects .............8-4
Road Signs .....................................4-2
Roadside Assistance ..................... 8-5
Rocking Your Vehicle .................. 5-32
0
Odometer .......................................
2-66
Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”)
Off-Road Recovery ..................... 4-20
Oil ..................................................... 6-9
6-15
Additives ...................................
Disposal of Used ......................
6-16
Pressure Gage .......................... 2-78
To Check ...................................6-10
What Kind to Use ....................6-12
When to Add ............................ 6-10
When to Change ...................... 6-15
Owner Checks and Services ......7-22
S
Safety Belts .................................. 1-13
Adults ......................................... 1-20
Center Passenger ...........1-27, 1-29
Cleaning..................................... 6-60
CheckingRestraintSystem .... 1-47
Child Restraints........................ 1-36
Children...................................... 1-34
Driver Position .......................... 1-20
1-46
Extender ....................................
Lap Shoulder ............................1-21
Larger Children ......................... 1-44
Proper Wear .............................1-20
Questions and Answers ..........1-18
Rear Seat ..................................1-30
Reminder Light.........................1-19
Replacing After a Crash .........1-47
RightFrontPassenger ............ 1-27
Small Children and Babies ..... 1-34
Use During Pregnancy ............1-26
Why They Work .......................1-15
Parking
4.49
On Hills......................................
Over Things That Burn ............2-27
TorqueLock (Automatic
Transmission) .............2.24. 4-52
YourVehicle(Manual
Transmission) ........................2-26
Parking Brake ...............................2-23
Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.21. 4-61
Pavement Markings........................4-8
9-5
Safety Chains ............................... 4-60
Safety Warnings and Symbols .....0-2
ScheduledMaintenance
Services ............................ 7-4, 7-18
Seats
Controls........................................ 1-2
Easy Entry Seat .......................... 1-6
Manual Front ...............................1-2
Power Driver‘s ............................1-3
Rear Folding ................................ 1-8
Reclining .....................................1-3
1-11
Removable .................................
Seatback Latches .......................1-5
Secondary Air Injection
(AIR) System ............................6-45
Service
Do-It-Yourself............................... 6-3
Parts Identification Label .........6-67
Publications ........................ 8-6, 8-8
ReplacementPartsandFilter
Recommendations..................6-69
Service Engine Soon Light.........2-72
Service Station Checks ...............7-28
Shift Indicator Light ..........2-22, 2-74
Shifting Into Park ......................... 2-24
Single Belt Accessory Drive .......6-34
Spare Tire ..................................... 5-18
Removal .....................................5-20
Storage ....................................... 5-30
Specification Charts .....................6-68
Speedometer ................................. 2-66
Starting Your Engine ...................2-14
Steering .........................................4-18
Column Shift Lever ..................2-25
In Emergencies.........................4-19
Tips ............................................. 4-18
Storage Compartments................2-55
Other .......................................... 2-61
Sun Visors ....................................2-53
T
Tachometer ...................................2-67
2-7
Tailgate ............................................
Electric Glass Release .............2-34
Theft .............................................. 2-10
Thermostat .................................... 6-28
Tilt Wheel .....................................2-35
6-48
Tires...............................................
Balancing................................... 6-55
6-56
Chains ........................................
Changing a Flat .............5-16, 5-20
Flat .............................................
5-16
Hub CapsNVheel Nut Caps .... 5-22
Inspection and Rotation .......... 6-52
Loading ...................................... 6-46
New ............................................ 6-53
Pressure..................................... 6-49
Spare(See“Spare
Tire”)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . 6-54
2-24, 4-52
Torque Lock ........................
Towing
A Trailer ..................................... 4-56
Backing Up ............................... 4-61
Following Distance ...................4-61
Hitches....................................... 4-59
Maintenance..............................4-63
Towing Your Vehicle ......................5-7
Traffic Lights ...................................4-7
TrailerBrakes .............................. 4-60
Towing........................................4-56
Wiring Harness......................... 2-82
Trailering Package ........................6-47
Transfer Case .....................2-30, 6-23
Transmission
Automatic .................................. 2-17
Five-Speed Manual ..................2-20
Fluid .................................6-17, 6-20
Fluid, To Add ..................6-19. 6-21
Fluid. To Check ..............6-18. 6-20
9-6
Four-wheel
(See“Four-Wheel Drive”)
Shift Light.................................. 2-22
TorqueLock(Automatic
Transmission) ............. 2.24. 4-52
Trip Odometer ............................... 2-67
W
WarningLights.Gages
and Indicators .................... 2.68. 2-76
(Also See “Lights”)
Devices. Other ...............;............ 5-3
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance ...6-55
Aluminum .................................. 6-62
Hub CapsNheel Nut Caps ....5-22
Nut Torque ..................... 6.34. 6-68
Replacement ............................. 6-55
Used Replacement ...................6-56
Windows........................................ 2-33
Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40
Rear Window ............................ 2-54
Washer Fluid ..................2.40. 6-31
Winter Driving .............................. 4-53
Wipers. Windshield ..................... 2-39
6-60
Blade Chatter ............................
6-35
Blade Inserts ............................
Cleaning Blades........................ 6-60
Rear Window ............................ 2-54
V
Vehicle
DamageWarnings ......................
Identification Number ....6.65.
Loading............................ 4.25.
Storage.......................................
Symbols ......................................
Ventilation System .........................
Air Vents ......................................
Tips ...............................................
Voltmeter.......................................
0-3
6-66
6-46
6-37
0-4
3-2
3-3
3.2
2-79
9-7
Part No, C-9309
L
I
,A>='
7
P
D
CERTIFIED q
b
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
Natlonal lnstttute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
!
I
L